Aarons, D. and P. Akach. 2002. South African Sign language: One language or many? In R. Mesthrie (ed.), Language in South Africa, pp. 127–147. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Abadie, M. 2001. Minorities of the Sino-Vietnamese borderland with special reference to Thai Tribes. Bangkok: White Lotus Press.

Abbi, A. 2006. Endangered languages of the Andaman Islands. Lincom Studies in Asian Linguistics 64. Munich: Lincom Europa.

Abdallah, H. A. 2004. Bakenyi on brink of extinction. The Daily Monitor, 7–13 April 2004. Kampala: Monitor Publication.

Abdelouafi, H. 2018. Teaching sign language to the deaf children in Adrar, Algeria: A case study of the Hearing Hmpaired Children’s School in Adrar. M.A. Thesis, University Ahmed Draïa - Adrar.

Abreu, M. M. 2020. Southern Alta (Kabulowan) (Philippines)—Language snapshot. Language Documentation and Description 19:17–25.

Academia de la Llingua Asturiana and Gobiernu del Principáu d´Asturies. 2017. III Encuesta Sociolingüística de Asturias: Avance de Resultados. Uviéu. https://www.ehu.eus/documents/1457190/1547454/Avance+III+Encuesta+Sociolling%C3%BC%C3%ADstica+Asturias.pdf/aba19c6f-4dab-470c-8a33-157248373072.

Acebes, A. 1966. Indígenas en Argentina. In A. J. Núñez (ed.), XXXVI Congreso Internacional de Americanistas, España 1964: Actas y Memorias, Tomo 3, pp. 543–546. Sevilla: ECESA.

Aceto, M. and J.P. Williams (eds.). 2003. Contact Englishes of the Eastern Caribbean. Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing.

Addleton, J. S. 1986. The importance of regional languages in Pakistan. Al-Mushir 28(2):55–80.

Adelaar, K. A. 1995. Borneo as a cross-roads for comparative Austronesian linguistics. In P. Bellwood, J. J. Fox, and D. Tryon (eds.), The Austronesians: Historical and comparative perspectives, pp. 75–95. Canberra: Australian National University.

Adelaar, W. F. H. 1991. The endangered problem: South America. In R. H. Robins and E. M. Uhlenbeck (eds.), Endangered languages, pp. 45–91. Oxford: Berg Publishers.

Adelaar, W. F. H. 2004. Linguistic diversity in the Andean countries (Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Ecuador, Peru) and Paraguay. In M. J. Valdés and D. Kadir (eds.), Literary cultures of Latin America: A comparative history, vol. 1, pp. 96–103. New York: Oxford University Press.

Adelaar, W. F. H. 2007. Meso-America. In C. Moseley (ed.), Encyclopedia of the world’s endangered languages, pp. 197–210. London: Routledge.

Adelaar, W. F. H. and P. C. Muysken. 2004. The languages of the Andes. Cambridge Language Surveys. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Adelaar, W F. H. and S. van de Kerke. 2006. The Puquina and Leko languages. Paper presented at the Symposium: Advances in Native South American Historical Linguistics, July 17–18, 2006, 52nd International Congress of Americanists, Seville, Spain.

Adelberger, J. 1995. Zum Verhältnis von Sprache, Ethnizität und Kultur in den Muri-Bergen Nordost-Nigerias. In A. Fleisch and D. Otten (eds.), Sprachkulturelle und historische Forschungen in Afrika, pp. 13–27. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Adler, M. K. 1977. Pidgins, creoles, and lingua francas, a sociolinguistic study. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Adone, D., A. Bauer, K. Cumberbatch, and E. L. Maypilama. 2012. Colour signs in two indigenous sign languages. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities: Anthropological and linguistic insights, pp. 53–86. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton and Nijmegen: Ishara Press.

Adone, M. C. D. and E. L. Maypilama. 2015. The sociolinguistics of alternate sign languages of Arnhem Land. Learning Communities: International Journal of Learning in Social Contexts 16:14–25.

Afido, P., G. Firmino, J. Heins, S. Mbuub, and M. Trinta (eds.). 1989. Seminario sobre a padronização da ortografia de línguas Moçambícanas. Maputo: Faculdade de Letras, Universidade Eduardo Mondlane.

Agard, F. B. 1984. A course in Romance linguistics, vol. 2: A diachronic view. Washington, D. C.: Georgetown University Press.

Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique. 1988. Atlas linguistique de l’Afrique Centrale. Bangui, Central African Republic: Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique.

Agostinho A. and G. Arauj. 2021. Playing with language: Three language games in the Gulf of Guinea. Language Documentation and Conservation 15:219–238.

Ahland, C. 2012. A grammar of Northern and Southern Gumuz. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Oregon.

Ahmad, R. 2011. Urdu in Devanagari: Shifting orthographic practices and Muslim identity in Delhi. Language in Society 40:259–284.

Aikhenvald, A. 2004. Language endangerment in the Sepik area of Papua New Guinea. In O. Sakiyama and F. Endo (eds.), Lectures on endangered languages vol. 5: Endangered languages of the Pacific Rim, pp. 97–142. Suita, Japan: Osaka Gakuin University.

Aikhenvald, A. Y. 2007. Languages of the Pacific Coast of South America. In O. Miyaoka, O. Sakiyama, and M. E. Krauss (eds.), The vanishing languages of the Pacific Rim, pp. 183–205. Oxford Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Aikhenvald, A. Y. 2008. The Manambu language of East Sepik, Papua New Guinea. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Aikhenvald, A. Y. 2018. Worlds apart: Language survival and language use in two Middle Sepik communities. Le Journal de la Société des Océanistes 146:203–212.

Aikio, A. and J. Ylikoski. 2022. North Saami. In M. Bakró-Nagy, J. Laakso and El. Skribnik (eds.), The Oxford guide to the Uralic languages, pp.147–177. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Aiton, G. 2019. The documentation of Sonia: An archive of Sonia language materials from the Bosavi region (Western Province, Papua New Guinea). London: SOAS, Endangered Languages Archive. https://elar.soas.ac.uk/Collection/MPI1314688.

Aiton, G. W. 2016. A grammar of Eibela: a language of the Western Province, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. thesis, James Cook University.

Ajavon, P. A. 2006. An overview of deaf education in Nigeria. http://www.deafchildworldwide.info/document.rm?id=2875. Accessed 28 January 2016.

Akach, P. and J. A. Naudé. 2008. Empowering marginalized culture: The institution of South African Sign language at the University of the Free State. Journal for New Generation Sciences 6(3):3–21.

Akin, M. B. S. 2014. On the potential of Twitter for understanding the Tunisia of the post-Arab Spring. arXiv:1401.4543.

Akiner, S. 1983. Islamic peoples of the Soviet Union. London: Kegan Paul International.

Akumbu, P. and Brye, E. 2005. A rapid appraisal language survey of Akum. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2005-005.

Alamin, S. 2012. The nominal and verbal morphology of Tima: a Niger-Congo language spoken in the Nuba Mountains. Grammatical Analyses of African Languages 43. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Aldersson, R. R. and L. J. Mcentee-Atalianis. 2007. A lexical comparison of Icelandic Sign Language and Danish Sign Language. Birkbeck Studies in Applied Linguistics. London: University of London. http://www.bisal.bbk.ac.uk/publications/volume2/papers/article6. Accessed 13 October 2015.

Alexander, J. and P. Alexander. 2002. Gender and ethnic identity among the Lahanans of Sarawak. In G. Benjamin and C. Chou (eds.), Tribal communities in the Malay world: Historical, cultural and social perspectives, pp. 457–474. Singapore: Institute of Southeast Asian Studies.

Allen, J. K. 2022. A lexical and grammatical documentation of Bantayanon through collaborative community E\engagement. Ph.D. dissertation, Tulane University.

Alleyne, M. C. 1985. A linguistic perspective on the Caribbean. Washington, D. C.: The Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars.

Allworth, E. A. 1990. The modern Uzbeks from the fourteenth century to the present: A cultural history. Studies of Nationalities. Stanford: Hoover Institution Press.

Al-Momani, D. F. and S. M. Al-Momani. 2013. The language situation among the Circassians of Jordan. Educational Research Journal 4(8):612–617.

Al-Nahar, R. 2009. Language maintenance among the Armenians of Jordan. M.A. thesis, Middle East University for Graduate Studies. https://meu.edu.jo/libraryTheses/586cbba72c0b5_1.pdf.

Al-Tajir, M. A. 1982. Language and linguistic origins in Bahrain: The Baharnah dialect of Arabic. Library of Arabic Linguistics 5. London: Kegan Paul International.

Álvarez, J. 2009. El Añú o Paraujano, una lengua Arahuaca moribunda. Lingüística 22:129–159.

Al-Wer, E. 2008. The Arabic-speaking Middle East. In U. Ammon, N. Dittmar, K. J. Mattheier, and P. Trudgill (eds.), An international handbook of the science of language and society, vol. 3, pp. 1917–1924. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Ameka, F. 2007. Grammatical borrowing in Likpe (Sekpelé). In Y. Matras and J. Sakel (eds.), Grammatical Borrowing in Cross-Linguistic Perspective, pp. 107–122. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.

Amery, Rob. 1993. An Australian koine: Dhuwaya, a variety of Yolŋu Matha spoken at Yirrkala in North East Arnhemland. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 99(1):45–64.

Anceaux, J. C. 1961. The linguistic situation in the islands of Yapen, Kurudu, Nau, and Miosnum, New Guinea. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.

Anderbeck, K. 2007. Haji: One language from twelve. In C. Shin, K. Harun, and Y. Alas (eds.), Reflections in Southeast Asian seas: Essays in honour of Professor James T. Collins: Book II, pp. 51–91. Pontianak: Stain Pontianak Press.

Anderbeck, K. R. 2008. Malay dialects of the Batanghari River Basin (Jambi, Sumatra). SIL e-Books 6. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9245. Accessed 13 October 2015.

Anderson, A. 2011. Landscapes of relations and belonging: Body, place and politics in Wogeo, Papua New Guinea. Person, Space and Memory in the Contemporary Pacific 3. Oxford: Berghahn Books.

Anderson, C. L. 2018. Comparing literate and oral cultures with a view to improving understanding of students from oral traditions: an autoethnographic approach. M.A. thesis, Eastern Washington University.

Anderson, G. D. S., D. Barth, and K. R. Forepiso. 2015. The Matukar Panau online talking dictionary: collective elicitation and collaborative documentation. In I Wayan Arka, N. L. N. Seri Malini, and I. A. M Puspani (eds.), Language documentation and cultural practices in the Austronesian world: Papers from 12-ICAL, vol. 4, pp. 111–126. Asia-Pacific linguistics, Studies on Austronesian languages. Canberra: Australian National University.

Anderson, G. D. S., M. Booth, D. Daniels, J. Fahringer, and K. D. Harrison. 2014. Panim talking dictionary. Living Tongues Institute for Endangered Languages. http://www.talkingdictionary.org/panim.

Anderson, G.D.S. and O. Gomango. 2016. On the current status and state of Juray in the Sora-Juray cluster. In N. Ostler and P. Mohanty (eds.), FEL XX language colonization and endangerment: long-term effects, echoes and reactions, pp.103–110. Hungerford: Foundation for Endangered Languages.

Andersson, L. G. and T. Janson. 1997. Languages in Botswana: Language ecology in southern Africa. Gaborone: Longman Botswana.

Andrews, P. A. (ed.). 1989. Ethnic groups in the Republic of Turkey. Wiesbaden: Dr. Ludwig Reichert Verlag.

Anjum, U. 2016. Language shift and the speech community: A sociolinguistic study of Tarawara community in Bandi Shungli. Ph.D. dissertation, National University of Modern Languages, Islamabad. http://prr.hec.gov.pk/jspui/handle/123456789/7450.

Anonby, E. 2016. Atlas of the Languages of Iran: A working classification. In E. Anonby, M. Taheri-Ardali, F. Taylor, and A. Hayes (eds.), Atlas of the languages of Iran [website]. Ottawa: Geomatics and Cartographic Research Centre, Carleton University. http://iranatlas.net/index.html?module=module.classification.

Anonby, E. and P. Yousefian. 2011. A survey of language on Larak Islands. Studia Iranica Uppsaliensia. Uppsala: Uppsala University.

Anonby, Erik John. 2014. Dictionnaire Mambay-Français. Garoua: Comité de Langue Mambay and SIL Cameroun.

Appell, G. N. 1965. The nature of social groupings among the Rungus Dusun of Sabah, Malaysia. Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University.

Applegate, J. R. 1970. The Berber languages. In T. A. Sebeok (ed.), Linguistics in South West Asia and North Africa, pp. 586–661. Current trends in linguistics 6: The Hague: Mouton.

Arango Ochoa, R. and E. Sánchez Gutierrez. 1998. Los pueblos indígenas de Colombia. Bogotá: Tercer Mundo Editores and Departamento Nacional de Planeación.

Arefyev, A. L. 2012. Русский язык на рубеже XX-ХХI веков [The Russian Language at the Turn of the 21st Century]. Moscow: Center of Social Forecasting and Marketing. https://www.civisbook.ru/files/File/russkij_yazyk.pdf. Accessed 7 February 2017.

Argenter, J. 2008. L’Alguer(Alghero), a Catalan linguistic enclave in Sardinia. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 193/194:205–217.

Arlo, J. 2016. Indigenous language almost extinct. Loop PNG, September 2nd, 2016, http://www.looppng.com/content/%E2%80%8Bindigenous-language-almost-extinct.

Arminen, H., N. Baker, J. Baker, R. Barnes, D. Barnes, D. Belyeme, and E. Mundum (eds.). 2017. Wusyep Tehei ŋaiye Wusyep Yehre (Urat – Melanesian Pidgin – English Dictionary). Ukarumpa: SIL-PNG. https://pnglanguages.sil.org/resources/archives/74846.

Armstrong, M. (ed). 2003. Peoples of Europe: vol. 9, Slovenia to Switzerland pp. 478–499. Marshall Cavendish. New York. 2003.

Arnold, L. 2018. A grammar of Ambel: An Austronesian language of Raja Ampat, west New Guinea. Doctoral dissertation, University of Edinburgh.

Arnold, L. 2020. Four undocumented languages of Raja Ampat, West Papua, Indonesia. In P. Austin (ed.), Language Documentation and Description 17, 25–43. London: SOAS.

Arveiller, R. 1967. Études sur le parler de Monaco. Monaco: Comité National des Traditions Monégasques.

Arwaebuesa. N. 2021. The Orang Asli [Jahai] in Yala and Narathiwat Province: A preliminary field survey. The Journal of Anthropology. Princess Maha Chakri Siridhorn Anthropology Centre (Public Organization) (JASAC) 4(2):53–108.

Asian Minorities Outreach. 1999a. The peoples of Vietnam. Chiang Mai: Asian Minorities Outreach Publishing.

Asian Minorities Outreach. 1999b. Faces of the unreached in Laos, Southeast Asia’s forgotten nation. Chiang Mai: Asian Minorities Outreach Publishing.

Asobo, I. S. 1989. The noun class system of Kɔlɛ. M.A. thesis, Yaoundé: University of Yaoundé I.

Atindogbé, G. 2013. A grammatical sketch of Mòkpè (Bakweri), Bantu A20. African Study Monographs, Supplementary 45. Kyoto: Kyoto University.

Auger, J. 2011. Issues of authenticity, purity, and autonomy in minority languages: What is “real” Picard, and who is an “authentic” speaker? In C. Yoquelet (ed.), Proceedings of the 29th annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society special session on minority and diasporic languages of Europe, 14–17 Feb. 2003. Berkeley: Berkeley Linguistics Society.

Augsburger, D. 2004. Language socialization and shift in an Isthmus Zapotec community of Mexico. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pennsylvania.

Austin, P. and D. Nathan. 1998. Kamilaroi/Gamilaraay web dictionary. http://www.dnathan.com/language/gamilaraay/dictionary/.

Austin, P. K. (ed.). 2008. One thousand languages: living, endangered, and lost. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Avram, A. 2020. Arabic pidgins and creoles. In C. Lucas and S. Manfredi (eds.), Arabic and contact-induced change, pp. 321–347. Berlin: Language Science Press.

Avtans, A. and A. Abbi. 2006. Language documentation in Andamans: Highs and lows. In R. Elangaiyan, R. M. Brown, N. D. M. Ostler, and M. K. Verma (eds.), Vital voices—Endangered languages and multilingualism: Proceedings of the tenth Foundation for Endangered Languages conference, pp. 39–46. Mysore, India: Central Institute of Indian Languages and Foundation for Endangered Languages.

Aweki, A. 1996. The genetic/historical relationship of the Cushitic languages: Iraqw, Gorowa, Burunge and Mbugu. Dar es Salaam: University of Dar es Salaam.

Ayafor, M. and M. Green. 2017. Cameroon Pidgin English: a comprehensive grammar. London Oriental and African Language Library 20. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Ayotte, M. and C. Ayotte. 2002b. Rapid appraisal and lexicostatistical analysis surveys of Atong, Ambele, and Menka : Widikum-Menka Subdivision Momo Division North West Province. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2002-076.

Ayotte, M and C. Ayotte. 2002a. Sociolinguistic language survey of Dama, Mono, Pam, Ndai, and Oblo. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2002-048.

Azzopardi-Alexander, M., K. Borg, D. Callus, K. Callus, S. Mulvaney, A. Vere, A. Xerri and L. R. Xuereb. 2019. The road to Maltese Sign Language recognition. In M. de Meulder, J. J. Murray and R. L. McKee (eds), The legal recognition of sign languages: Advocacy and outcomes around the world. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Azzopardi-Alexander, M. 2009. Iconicity and the development of Maltese Sign Language. In R. Fabri (ed.), Maltese linguistics: A snapshot: in memory of Joseph A. Cremona (1922–2003). Il-Lingwa Tagħna–Our Language 1. Bochum: Brockmeyer Verlag.

Babaev, K. 2010. Zialo: the newly discovered Mande language of Guinea. Lincom Studies in African Linguistics 82. Munich: Lincom Europa.

Bacelar, L. N. 2018. Kanoê. Povos Indígenas no Brasil. São Paulo: Instituto Socioambiental. https://pib.socioambiental.org/en/Povo:Kanoê.

Badenoch, N. and N. Hayashi. 2017. Phonological sketch of the Sida language of Luang Namtha, Laos. Journal of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society 10(1):1–15.

Baer, R. 2013. The discourse of disability, Gowa, Malawi. http://www.sas.rochester.edu/aas/assets/pdf/Rebecca_Baer.pdf.

Bai, J. 2019. A grammar of Munya. Ph.D. dissertation, James Cook University.

Baker, B. 2007. Ethnobiological classification and the environment in northern Australia. In A. C. Schalley and D. Khlentzos (eds.), Mental states, pp. 239–265. Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Baker, P. 1972. Kreol: A description of Mauritian Creole. London: C. Hurst and Co.

Baker, P. and R. Ramnak. 1985. Mauritian Bhojpuri: An Indo-Aryan language spoken in a predominantly creolphone society. In S. A. Wurm (ed.), Papers in Pidgin and Creole linguistics, vol. 4, pp. 215–238. Pacific Linguistics A-72. Canberra: Australian National University.

Bakula, P. 2022. Documentation and description of Yil, a Torricelli language of Papua New Guinea. Endangered Languages Archive. http://hdl.handle.net/2196/2de61f9b-567d-4c6f-c50c-327353164d7i.

Bandhu, C. M. 1971. Sinjali: Studies in linguistic behavior. Kathmandu: Royal Nepal Academy.

Barbour, S. and P. Stevenson. 1990. Variation in German: A critical approach to German sociolinguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Barker, P. 1986. Peoples, languages and religion in northern Ghana. Accra: Ghana Evangelism Committee.

Barlow, R. 2018. A grammar of Ulwa. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawai’i at Mānoa.

Barlow, R. 2020a. A sketch grammar of Pondi. Asia-Pacific Linguistics. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Barlow, R. 2020b. Notes on Mwakai, East Sepik Province, Papua New Guinea. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 38:37–99.

Barr, D. F., S. G. Barr, and C. Salombe. 1979. Languages of Central Sulawesi: Checklist, preliminary classification, language maps, wordlists. Jayapura: Cenderawasih University.

Barreteau, D. and P. Newman (eds.). 1978. Les langues tchadiques. Paris: Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM).

Barrett, D. B. (ed.). 1982. World Christian encyclopedia: A comparative study of churches and religions in the modern world A.D. 1900–2000, 1st ed. Nairobi: Oxford University Press.

Barry, A. 1987. The Joola languages: Subgrouping and reconstruction. Ph.D. dissertation, School of African and Oriental Studies, University of London.

Barth, D., J. Grama, S. Gonzalez, and C. Travis. 2020. Using forced alignment for sociophonetic research on a minority language. University of Pennsylvania Working Papers in Linguistics 25(2):1–10.

Barz, R. and J. Siegel (eds.). 1988. Language transplanted: The development of overseas Hindi. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrasowitz.

Bashir, E. 2003. Dardic. In G. Cardona and D. Jain (eds.), The Indo-Aryan languages, pp. 818–894. Routledge Language Family Series. London and New York: Routledge.

Bashkow, I. 2006. The meaning of whitemen: Race and modernity in the Orokaiva cultural world. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Basset, A. 1969. La langue Berbère. Handbook of African languages 1. Reprint of 1952 edition. London: Dawsons.

Bassiouney, R. 2009. Arabic Sociolinguistics: Topics in diglossia, gender, identity, and politics. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.

Bastin, Y. 1978. Les langues Bantoues. In D. Barreteau (ed.), Inventaire des etudes linguistiques sur les pays d’Afrique Noire de’expression Française et sur Madagascar, pp. 123–185. Paris: Conseil International de La Langue Française.

Bateson, M. C. 1967. Arabic language handbook. Washington D. C.: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Batic, G. C. 2011. Report from a Nigerian village: space, culture and materials in Bure area. Ethnorêma 7:13–26. http://www.ethnorema.it/pdf/numero%207/04%20Batic.pdf.

Bauer, C. 1984. Mon books in the National Library of Australia. South East Asian Research Materials Group [SEARMG] Newsletter, 27 [August 1984].

Bauer, C. 1990. Language and ethnicity: The Mon in Burma and Thailand. In G. Wijeyewardene (ed.), Ethnic groups across national boundaries in mainland Southeast Asia, pp. 17–23. Singapore: Institute of Southeast Asian Studies.

Beasley, A. N. 2009. Frontier journeys: Fore experiences on the “Kuru” Patrols. Oceania79(1):34–52.

Beavon-Ham, V. 2019. Tone in Saxwe. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leiden.

Beck, B., R. Marcoux, L. Richard and A. Wolff. 2018. Estimation des francophones dans le monde en 2018: Sources et démarches méthodologiques. Note de recherche de l’ODSEF, Québec, Octobre 2018. Quebec: Université Laval, Observatoire démographique et statistique de l’espace francophone. https://www.odsef.fss.ulaval.ca/sites/odsef.fss.ulaval.ca/files/odsef-lfdm-2018.pdf.

Becuwe, J. 1981. Les langues Gur de Côte d’Ivoire: Nomenclature et bibliographie. Cahiers Ivoiriens de Recherche Linguistique 10:5–29.

Beer, B. and A. Bender. 2015. Causal inferences about others’ behavior among the Wampar, Papua New Guinea – and why they are hard to elicit. Frontiers in Psychology 6(128):1–14.

Beier, C., C. Hansen, I-W. Lai, and L. Michael. 2011. Exploiting word order to express an inflectional category: Reality status in Iquito. Linguistic Typology 15:65–99.

Belelli, S. 2023. Contact interference in Southern Kurdish: An overview and selection of case-studies. Presented at the The 6th International Conference on Kurdish Linguistics (ICKL-6), University of Frankfurt, Germany, September 2023.

Belenyi, E. and G. Flora, 2022. Language use and identity in minority Hungarian and Hungarian-Romanian families. Journal of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education 27(2):193–201.

Belew, A. K. 2020. Sociolinguistic documentation of language shift and maintenance in Iyasa. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawai’i, Manoa.

Belloso, M. S. 2009. Sordos: Aislados a la fuerza. Diario El Pais, 30 May 2009. Montevideo, Uruguay. http://www.elpais.com.uy/Suple/QuePasa/09/05/30/quepasa_419907.asp. Accessed 9 October 2012.

Bender, B. W. 1971. Micronesian languages. In T. A. Sebeok (ed.), Linguistics in Sub-saharan Africa, pp. 426–465. Current Trends in Linguistics 7. The Hague: Mouton.

Bender, B. W. 1981. Micronesia/la Micronésie. In H. Kloss and G. D. McConnell (eds.), Linguistic composition of the nations of the world, vol. 4: Oceania, pp. 41–53. Québec: Les Presses de l’Université Laval.

Bender, B. W. and A. Capelle. 1996. Dealing with the ABCs of Marshallese over twenty years. In F. Mugler and J. Lynch (eds.), Pacific languages in education, pp. 36–75. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies.

Bender, B. W. and K. L. Rehg. 1991. Micronesian languages in jeopardy? Paper presented at Sixth International Conference of Austronesian Linguistics, May 1991. Honolulu.

Bender, M. 1971. The languages of Ethiopia: A new lexicostatistic classification and some problems of diffusion. Anthropological Linguistics 13:165–288.

Bender, M. L., J. D. Bowen, R. L. Cooper, C. A. Ferguson. 1976. Language in Ethiopia. London: Oxford University Press.

Bender, M. L. (ed.). 1983a. Nilo-Saharan language studies. East Lansing, MI: African Studies Center, Michigan State University.

Bender, M. L. (ed.). 1989b. Topics in Nilo-Saharan languages. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Bender, M. L. 1971. The languages of Ethiopia. Anthropological Linguistics 13(5):165–288.

Bender, M. L. 1975. Omotic: A new Afroasiatic language family. Southern Illinois University Museum Series 3. Carbondale: University of Southern Illinois.

Bender, M. L. 1976. The non-Semitic languages of Ethiopia. Occasional Papers Series, Monograph 5. East Lansing, MI: African Studies Center, Michigan State University.

Bender, M. L. 1983b. Remnant languages. In M. L. Bender (ed.), Nilo-Saharan language studies, pp. 336–354. East Lansing, MI: African Studies Center, Michigan State University.

Bender, M. L. 2000. Nilo-Saharan. In a. D. N. Bernd Heine (ed.), African languages, pp. 43–73. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Bender, M. L. 2003. Omotic lexicon and phonology. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Printing.

Bendor-Samuel, J. and R. L. Hartell (eds.). 1989. The Niger-Congo languages: A classification and description of Africa’s largest language family. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Benjamin, G. 1976. Austroasiatic subgroupings and prehistory in the Malay Peninsula. In P. N. Jenner, L. C. Thompson, and S. Starosta (eds.), Austroasiatic studies, pt. 1, pp. 37–128. Oceanic Linguistics special publication 13. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Benjamin, G. and C. Chou (eds.). 2003. Tribal communities in the Malay world: Historical, cultural and social perspectives, 2nd ed. Singapore: Institute of Southeast Asian Studies.

Berghäll, L. 2010. Mauwake reference grammar. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Helsinki.

Bergman, B. and E. Engberg-Pedersen. 2010. Transmission of sign languages in the Nordic countries. In D. Brentari (ed.), Sign languages, pp. 74–94. Cambridge Language Surveys. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Beroi, S., S. Hutchinson, and D. Hutchinson. 2018. Sálán má Worwor Talas uri tan Kuir Wor Sursurunga (The meanings and explanations of Sursurunga words). Ukarumpa: SIL-PNG.

Besnier, N. 1992. Polynesian languages. In W. Bright (ed.), Oxford international encyclopedia of linguistics, vol. 3, pp. 245–251. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bhaskararao, P. 2006. The Dravidian languages. London: Routledge.

Bhattacharya, K. 2016. Marginalization and endangerment - the case of Birjia. In N. Ostler and P. Mohanty (eds.), FEL XX language colonization and endangerment: long-term effects, echoes and reactions, pp. 121–125. Hungerford: Foundation for Endangered Languages.

Biagui, N. B. and N. Quint. 2013. Casamancese Creole. In S. M. Michaelis, P. Maurer, M. Haspelmath, and M. Huber, (eds.), The survey of pidgin and creole languages, vol. 2: Portuguese-based, Spanish-based, and French-based languages, pp. 40–49. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bickel, B. 1996. Aspect, mood, and time in Belhare. Zurich: Arbeiten des Seminars für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft (ASAS).

Bickerton, D. 1988. Creole languages and the bioprogram. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Bickford, J. A., M. P. Lewis, and G. F. Simons. 2014. Rating the vitality of sign languages. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 36(5):513–527.

Bickford, J. A. 1991. Lexical variation in Mexican Sign Language. Sign Language Studies 72:241–276.

Bickford, J. A. 2005. The signed languages of Eastern Europe. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2005-026.

Biel, L. A. 2014. Status of indigenous languages within Gambian education policy: English vs. vernacular languages as the vehicular language in formal education contexts. In African Dynamics in a Multipolar World: 5th European Conference on African Studies, Conference Proceedings. Lisbon: Instituto Universitario de Lisboa. http://hdl.handle.net/10071/7442.

Biggs, B. 1971. The languages of Polynesia. In T. A. Sebeok (ed.), Linguistics in Oceania, pp. 466–505. Current Trends in Linguistics 8. The Hague: Mouton.

Bikoi, C. B. (ed.). 2012. Cartographie administrative des langues du Cameroun (Administrative Atlas of Cameroon languages). Yaoundé: Editions du CERDOTOLA.

Bird, S. 2010. A scalable method for preserving oral literature from small languages. In G. Chowdhury, C. Khoo, and J. Hunter, The role of digital libraries in a time of global change: Proceedings of the 12th international conference on Aisa-Pacific digital libraries, vol. 6102, pp. 5–14. Berlin: Springer.

Bista, D. B. 1967. People of Nepal. 1st edition. Kathmandu: His Majesty’s Government, Department of Publicity.

Bista, D. B. 1973. Nepal in perspective. Kathmandu: Center for Economic Development Agencies (CEDA).

Bista, D. B. 1996. People of Nepal. 6th edition. Kathmandu: Ratna Pustak Bhandar.

Bjorkman, D. and M. Ttopoqogo (eds.). 2002. Noo Supu: A triglot dictionary. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics. https://www.sil.org/resources/archives/33814.

Black, P. 1983. Aboriginal languages of the Northern Territory. Darwin: School of Australian Linguistics, Darwin Community College.

Blake, B. 2003. The Bunganditj (Buwandik) language of the Mount Gambier region. Pacific Linguistics 549. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Blake, B. J., I. D. Clark, and S. H. Krishna-Pillay. 1998. Wathawurrung: The language of the Geelong-Ballarat Area. In B. J. Blake (ed.), Wathawurrung and the Colac language of southern Victoria, pp. 59–154. Pacific Linguistics C-147. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Blake, B. J., L. Hercus, S. Morey, and E. Ryan. 2011. The Mathi group of languages. Pacific Linguistics 628. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Blake, F. 2007. Spatial reference in Momu. B.A. honors thesis, University of Sydney.

Blench, R., J. Muniru, and L. Hon. 2015. Gyem: An endangered East Kainji language of northern Nigeria. http://www.academia.edu/16619179/Gyem_an_endangered_east_Kainji_language_of_Northern_Nigeria. Accessed 20 February 2017.

Blench, R. 2015. Kman ethno-ophresiology: characterising taste and smell in a language of Arunachal Pradesh. In M. W. Post, S. Morey, and S. Delancey (eds.), Language and culture in northeast India and beyond: In honor of Robbins Burling, pp. 348–360. Asia-Pacific Linguistics 23. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Blench, R. and V. Nyst. 2003. An unreported African sign language in northeast Nigeria. Ogmios (Newsletter of the Foundation for Endangered Languages) 22:14.

Blench, R. M. 1987. A revision of the Index of Nigerian languages. The Nigerian Field, Journal of the Nigerian Field Society 52:77–84.

Blench, R. M. 1988. The internal structure of Basa-Kamuku languages. Paper presented at 18th Colloquium on African Languages and Linguistics. Leiden.

Blench, R. M. 1989. Nupoid. In J. Bendor-Samuel and R. L. Hartell (eds.), The Niger‑Congo languages: A classification and description of Africa’s largest language family, pp. 305–322. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Blench, R. M. 1992. Recent research in the prehistory of Bantu languages. In D. Barreteau and C. Von Graffenried (eds.), Datation et chronologie dans le bassin du Lac Tchad, pp. 147–160. Paris: Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM).

Blench, R. M. 1999a. Recent fieldwork in Ghana: Report on Dompo and a note on Mpre. Ogmios 11:14–15. http://www.ogmios.org/ogmios/Ogmios_011.pdf.

Blench, R. M. 1999b. The languages of Africa: Macrophyla proposals and implications for archaeological interpretation. In R. M. Blench and M. Spriggs (eds.) Archaeology and Language IV: Language change and cultural transformation, pp. 29–47. London: Routledge.

Blench, R. M. 2003. Index and classification to Westermann’s Niger-Congo reconstructions. Cambridge: Mallam Dendo.

Blench, R. M. 2005. Bangi Me, a language of unknown affiliation in Northern Mali. Ogmios 26:15–16. http://www.ogmios.org/ogmios/Ogmios_26.pdf.

Blench, R. M. 2011. An atlas of Nigerian languages. 3rd edition. Cambridge: Kay Williamson Educational Foundation. http://www.rogerblench.info/Language/Africa/Nigeria/Atlas%20of%20Nigerian%20Languages-%20ed%20III.pdf. Accessed 15 October 2012.

Blench, R. M. 2019. An atlas of Nigerian languages. 4th edition. https://www.academia.edu/40463130/An_atlas_of_Nigerian_languages.

Blench, R. M. 2021. An atlas of Nigerian languages. 2021 ed.

Blench, R. M. and D. Zeitlyn. 1990. A web of words. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika 10/11:171–186.

Blust, R. 2002. Kiput historical phonology. Oceanic Linguistics 41(2):384–438.

Blust, R. A. 1974. The Proto-North Sarawak vowel deletion hypothesis. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawai’i.

Blust, R. A. 2010. The greater North Borneo hypothesis. Oceanic Linguistics 49(1):44–118. http://www.jstor.org/stable/40783586. Accessed 18 November 2016.

Blust, R. A. 2013. The Austronesian languages, Revised edition. Asia-Pacific Linguistics Open Access monographs, A-PL008. Canberra: Asia-Pacific Linguistics.

Bodt, T. 2014. Ethnolinguistic survey of Westernmost Arunachal Pradesh—A fieldworker’s impressions. Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area 37(2):198–239. http://dx.doi.org/10.1075/ltba.37.2.03bod.

Bodt, T. A. 2020. Grammar of Duhumbi. Languages of the Himalayan Region. Leiden: Brill.

Boeder, R. B. 1984. Silent majority: A history of the Lomwe in Malawi. Pretoria: Africa Institute of South Africa.

Boeschoten, H., and M. Vandamme. 1998. Chaghatay. In L. Johanson and É. Á. Csató (eds.), The Turkic languages, pp. 166–178. New York: Routledge.

Boettger, J. 2015. Topics in the grammar of Lele: a language of Manus Island, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, James Cook University, Townsville, Australia.

Bohnacker, U. 2022. Turkish heritage families in Sweden: language practices and family language policy. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 43(9):861–873.

Bolli, M. and E. Frick. 1971. Inventaire préliminaire des langues et dialectes en Côte-d’Ivoire, In Actes du Huitième Congrès International de Linguistique Africaine: Abidjan 24–28 mars 1969, vol. 1, pp. 395–416. Abidjan: Université d’Abidjan.

Bonnemère, P. 2008. Why should everyone have a different name? Clan and gender identity among the Ankave-Anga of Papua New Guinea. In S. Tcherkézoff and F. Douaire-Marsaudon (eds.), N. Scott (trans.), The changing South Pacific: Identities and transformations, pp. 182–193. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Bonnemère, P. 2014. A relational approach to a Papua New Guinea male ritual cycle. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute (N.S.) 20:728–745.

Bonnemère, P. 2016. Church presence and gender relations in the Wonenara valley (Eastern Highlands Province, Papua New Guinea). The Australian Journal of Anthropology 27:206–225.

Bonshek, E. 2017. Revaluing pots: Wanigela women and regional exchange. In A. Hermkens and K. Lepani (eds), Sinuous objects: Revaluing women’s wealth in the contemporary Pacific. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Bonshek, E. J. 2005. The struggle for Wanigela: representing social space in a rural community in Collingwood Bay, Oro Province, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University.

Boone, D. W. and K. S. Olson. 2004. Bwa bloc survey report. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2004-013.

Boone, D. W. and R. L. Watson. 1999. Moru - Ma’di survey report. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 1999-001.

Borg, A. 1985. Cypriot Arabic. Stuttgart: Deutsch Morgenländische Gesellschaft.

Borjian, H. 2014. The Balochi Dialect of the Korosh. Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hung 67(4):453–465.

Boswell, F. A. 2018. A grammar of Cheke Holo. Ph.D. dissertation, Netherlands Graduate School of Linguistics, Leiden University, Utrecht.

Boukouss, A. 2006. Dynamique d’une situation linguistique: Le marché linguistique au Maroc. 50 ans de développement humain au Maroc et perspectives 2025: L’avenir se construit et le meilleur est possible.

Boutin, M. E. 1986. Indigenous groups of Sabah: An annotated bibliography of linguistic and anthropological sources: Supplement 1. Sabah Museum Monographs 1, Part 2. Kota Kinabalu: Sabah Museum.

Boutin, M. E. and A. Y. Boutin. 1985. Report on the languages of Banggi and Balambangan. Sabah Society Journal 8(1):89–92.

Bouwer, L. 2010. A bibliographic journey through Madagascar. SIL Language and Culture Documentation and Description 13. Dallas: SIL International.

Bowe, H. and S. Morey. 1999. The Yorta Yorta (Bangerang) language of the Murray Goulburn Including Yabula Yabula. Pacific Linguistics C-154. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Boyd, R. 1989. Adamawa-Ubangi. In J. Bendor-Samuel and R. L. Hartell (eds.), The Niger-Congo languages: A classification and description of Africa’s largest language family, pp. 178–216. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Boyeldieu, P. 1977. Etudes phonologiques tchadiennes. Paris: Société des Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France (SELAF).

Boyes Braem, P. and C. Rathmann. 2010. Transmission of sign languages in northern Europe. In D. Brentari (ed.), Cambridge language surveys: Sign languages, pp. 19–45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Bradley, D. 1996. Bantawa Rai. In S. A. Wurm, P. Mühlhäusler, and D. T. Tryon (eds.), Atlas of languages of intercultural communication in the Pacific, Asia, and the Americas, vol. 2: Texts, pp. 773–774. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Bradley, D. 1997. Tibeto-Burman languages and classification. In D. Bradley (ed.), Tibeto-Burman languages of the Himalayas: Papers in Southeast Asian linguistics, vol. 14, pp. 1–72. Pacific Linguistics A-86. Canberra: Australian National University.

Bradley, D. 2002. The subgrouping of Tibeto-Burman. In C. I. Beckwith (ed.), Medieval Tibeto-Burman Languages, PLATS 2000: Tibetan Studies: Proceedings of the Ninth Seminar of the International Association for Tibetan Studies, Leiden, 2000. Leiden: Brill.

Bradley, D. 2005. Sanie and language loss in China. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 173:159–176.

Bradley, D. 2007a. East and Southeast Asia. In C. Moseley (ed.), Encyclopedia of the world’s endangered languages, pp. 349–424. London: Routledge.

Bradley, D. 2007b. Languages of Mainland South-East Asia. In O. Miyaoka, O. Sakiyama, and M. E. Krauss (eds.), The vanishing languages of the Pacific Rim, pp. 301–336. Oxford Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bradley, D. 2017. The languages of Myanmar. Report to UNICEF Myanmar 2016. Melbourne: LaTrobe University. https://www.academia.edu/32976865/The_Languages_of_Myanmar.

Bradley, D. 2019. Language policy and language planning in mainland Southeast Asia: Myanmar and Lisu. Linguistics Vanguard 5(1).

Bradshaw, R. L. 2007. Fuyug grammar sketch. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 53. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Bradshaw, R. L. 2012. Doromu-Koki grammar sketch. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 58. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Lingusitics.

Braithwaite, B., T. Forrest-Harriot, R. Gayle and A. Lamb. 2016. The history of sign language in Jamaica. Paper presented at the Society for Caribbean Linguistics Biennial Conference, August 2016.

Braithwaite, B. 2015. Deaf perspectives on Deaf education: An ethnographic study from Trinidad and Tobago. Caribbean Educational Research Journal 3(1):18–26.

Braithwaite, B. 2017. A sketch of the linguistic geography of signed languages in the Caribbean. Society for Caribbean Linguistics Occasional Papers 38. Kingston, Jamaica: Society for Caribbean Linguistics. https://www.academia.edu/34865535/A_Sketch_of_the_Linguistic_Geography_of_Signed_Languages_in_the_Caribbean.

Brandão, A. 2014. A reference grammar of Pareci-Haliti (Arawak). Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas at Austin.

Brassett, P. R. and C. Brassett. 2005. Diachronic and synchronic overview of the Tujia language of Central South China. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 176:75–97.

Brauns, C. D. and L. G. Loffler. 1990. Mru: Hill people on the border of Bangladesh. Basel and Boston: Birkäauser Verlag.

Breen, G. 1990. Pirriya. In G. Breen Salvage studies of western Queensland Aboriginal Languages, pp. 6–21. Pacific Linguistics B-105. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Breen, G. 2015. Innamincka Talk: A grammar of the Innamincka dialect of Yandruwandha with notes on other dialects. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Breen, G. and B. J. Blake. 2007. The grammar of Yalarnnga: A language of Western Queensland. Pacific Linguistics 584. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Breen, J. G. 1981. Margany and Gunya. In R. M. W. Dixon and B. J. Blake (eds.), Handbook of Australian languages, vol. 2, pp. 275–348. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Brenzinger, M., B. Heine, and G. Sommer. 1991. Language death in Africa. In R. H. Robins and E. M. Uhlenbeck (eds.), Endangered languages, pp. 19–44. Oxford: Berg Publishers.

Brenzinger, M. 1998. Moving to survive: Kxoe communities in arid lands. Hunter-gatherers in transition: Language, identity, and conceptualization among the Khoisan. In M. Schladt (ed.), Language, identity, and conceptualization among the Khoisan, pp. 321–358. Research in Khoisan Studies 15. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Brenzinger, M. 1999. The “islanders” of Lake Abaya and Lake Chʼamo: Harro, Ganjule, Gatsʼame and Bayso. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 1999-003. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9068.

Brenzinger, M. 2013a. Map of the modern Khoeid, !Ui-Taa, and Kx’a languages, including Hadza and Sandawe. Cape Town: Centre for African Language Diversity, University of Cape Town. http://www.caldi.uct.ac.za/cal/map. Accessed 15 February 2018.

Brenzinger, M. 2013b. The twelve modern Khoisan languages. In A. Witzlack-Makarevich and M. Ernszt (eds.), Khoisan languages and linguistics, Proceedings of the 3rd international symposium, July 6–10, 2008, pp. 1–31. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Breton, R. J. L. 1997. Atlas of the languages and ethnic communities of South Asia. New Delhi: Sage Publications India.

Brewis, R. 2004. Sama-Bajau, Murutic and Malayic Languages. In A. H. Omar (ed.), The Encyclopedia of Malaysia, vol. 9: Languages and literature, pp. 42–43. Kuala Lumpur: Editions Didier Millet.

Bright, W. (ed.). 1990. American Indian Languages 1, vol. 5 in Edward Sapir: The Collected Works. New York: De Gruyter Mouton.

Bright, W. (ed.). 1992. Oxford international encyclopedia of linguistics, vols. 1–4. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bril, I. (ed.). 2010. Clause linking and clause hierarchy: syntax and pragmatics. Studies in languages companion series. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Brinton, D. G. 1886. Notes on the Mangue: An extinct dialect formerly spoken in Nicaragua. Proceeding of the American Philosophical Society (23)122:238–257. https://www.jstor.org/stable/983235.

Brooks, J. 2018a. Documentation of Chini language and culture (Madang Province, Papua New Guinea). London: SOAS, Endangered Languages Archive. https://elar.soas.ac.uk/Collection/MPI636676.

Brooks, J. 2018b. Realis and irrealis: Chini verb morphology, clause chaining, and discourse. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Santa Barbara.

Brooks, J. 2020. Documentation and analysis of Yawuno Teneyo linguistic practices (East and West Sepik Provinces, Papua New Guinea). London: SOAS, Endangered Languages Archive. https://elar.soas.ac.uk/Collection/MPI1310913.

Brown, H. A. 1986. A comparative dictionary of Orokolo, Gulf of Papua. Pacific Linguistics C-84. Canberra: Australian National University.

Browne, W., E. Dornisch, N. Kondrashova, and D. Zec (eds.). 1997. Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics: The Cornell meeting 1995. Michigan Slavic publications. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan.

Bryan, M. A. 1945. A linguistic no-man’s land: the Sudan-Ethiopia border. Africa: Journal of the International Institute of African Languages and Cultures 15:188–205.

Bryan, M. A. 1959. The Bantu languages of Africa. London: Oxford University Press.

Brye, E. 2001. A rapid appraisal language survey of Tsuvan (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province). SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2002-07. Dallas: SIL International.

Brye, E. 2002. A rapid appraisal survey of Jimi, a language of Cameroon. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2002-038. Dallas: SIL International. http://www-01.sil.org/silesr/2002/SILESR2002-038.pdf. Accessed 17 January 2018.

Bugenhagen, R. D. 2010. Talking about motion and location in Tuam. In K. McElhanon and G. Reesink (eds.), A mosaic of languages and cultures: Studies celebrating the career of Karl J. Franklin, pp.60–89. SIL e-Books 19. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9259.

Bugenhagen, S. and R. Bugenhagen. 2007. Ro ta ipiyooto sua Mbula Uunu: Mbula-English dictionary. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics. https://www.sil.org/resources/archives/33763.

Bullock, J., B. MacKenzie, and S. Van Cott. 2013. A sociolinguistic survey of Bebeli. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2013-003. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/52392.

Bullock, J., B. MacKenzie, G. Muñoz, and S. Van Cott. 2011. A sociolinguistic survey of the Wagi [fad] language. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2011-041. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/43057.

Bullock, J. 2015. The sociolinguistic situation in the Kaser area. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2015-001. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/61932. Accessed 20 November 2015.

Bullock, J. and S. Van Cott. 2010. A sociolinguistic survey of Setaman [stm]. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2010-022. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9006.

Bullock, J. and S. Van Cott. 2015. A sociolinguistic survey of the Avau language area: West New Britain Province. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2015-006. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/63679.

Bulut, C. 2014. Turkic varieties in West Iran and Iraq: Representatives of a South Oghuz dialect group? In H. Stein (ed.), Turkic in Iran: Past and present, pp. 15–99. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

Burenhult, N. and C. Wegener. 2009. Preliminary notes on the phonology, orthography and vocabulary of Semnam (Austroasiatic, Malay Peninsula). . Journal of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society 1:283–312.

Burling, R. 2003. The Tibeto-Burman languages of Northeast India. In G. Thurgood and R. J. LaPolla (eds.), The Sino-Tibetan languages, pp. 167–192. London and New York: Routledge.

Burton, J. 1995. Middle Fly and North Morehead area study. Ok-Fly Social Monitoring Project Report No. 10. https://png-data.sprep.org/resource/middle-fly-and-north-morehead-area-study.

Butt, A. J. 1966. The present state of ethnology in Latin America: The Guianas. In A. J. Núñez (ed.), XXXVI Congreso Internacional de Americanistas, España 1964 Actas y Memorias, Tomo 3, pp. 19–37. Sevilla: ECESA.

Cablitz, G. 2006. Marquesan: A grammar of space. Trends in Linguistics 169. New York: De Gruyter Mouton.

Caceres, R. 2017. Lexical categories in Lengua de señas Argentina. M.A. thesis, University of North Dakota.

Callaway, A. 2000. Deaf children in China. Washington, D.C.: Gallaudet University Press.

Callister, S. 2005. Baaba Ana Talisi Ana Buki: Misima dictionary. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Camara, M. S., T. O’Toole, and J. E. Baker. 2014. Historical dictionary of Guinea, 5th ed. Historical Dictionaries of Africa. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press.

Campbell, G. L. and G. King. 2011. The concise compendium of the world’s languages, 2nd ed. New York: Routledge.

Campbell, L., A. Chapman, and K. Dakin. 1978. Honduran Lenca. International Journal of American Linguistics (44)4:330–332.

Campbell, L. 1992a. Mayan languages. In W. Bright and B. Comrie (eds.), International encyclopedia of linguistics, pp. 401–406. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Campbell, L. 1997. American Indian languages: The historical linguistics of Native America. Oxford Studies in Anthropological Linguistics 4. New York: Oxford University Press.

Campbell, L. and A. Belew (eds). 2018. Cataloguing the world’s endangered languages. New York: Routledge.

Campbell, L. and D. Oltrogge. 1980. Proto-Tol (Jicaque). International Journal of American Linguistics 46:205–223.

Campbell, L. and U. Canger. 1978. Chicomuceltec’s last throes. International Journal of American Linguistics (44)3:228–230.

Campbell, L. and V. Grondona. 2012. The indigenous languages of South America. The World of Linguistics 2. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Capell, A. 1963. Linguistic survey of Australia. Sydney: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

Caprile, J. P. (ed.). 1977. Etudes phonologiques tchadiennes. Paris: Société des Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France (SELAF).

Caprile, J. P. and J. Fedry. 1969. Documentation présentée par le groupe des langues Sara. Lyon: République du Tchad.

Capron, J. 1973. Communautes villageoises Mali-Haute Volta Bwa. Paris: Institut d’Ethnologie.

Cardoso, H. C. 2006. Challenges to Indo-Portuguese across India. In R. Elangaiyan, R. McKenna Brown, N. D. M. Ostler, and M. K. Verma (eds.), Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Foundation for Endangered Languages, pp. 23–30. Mysore, India Central Institute of Indian Languages and Foundation for Endangered Languages.

Carew, M. and J. Green. 2015. Making an online dictionary for Central Austrlian sign languages. Learning Communities: International Journal of Learning in Social Contexts 16:40–55.

Carey, B. S., and H. N. Tuck. 1896. The Chin Hills: A history of the people, our dealings with them, their customs and manners, and a gazetteer of their country. Rangoon, Burma: Government Printing.

Carlin, E. and J. Mans. 2015. Chapter 4: Movement through time in the Southern Guianas: Deconstructing the Amerindian kaleidoscope. In E. Carlin, E. Léglise, B. Migge, P. B. Tjon Sie Fat (eds.), In and out of Suriname: Language, mobility and identity, pp. 76–100. Leiden: Brill.

Carlin, E. B. 2001. Of riches and rhetoric: Languages in Suriname. In R. Hoefte and P. Meel (eds.), 20th century Suriname: Continuities and discontinuities in a new world society, pp. 220–243. Kingston, Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers.

Carling, G., L. Lindell, and G. Ambrazaitis. 2014. Scandoromani: Remnants of a mixed language. Brill’s Studies in Language, Cognition and Culture 7. Leiden: Brill.

Carlson, T. B. 1988. Phonological processes and syllable structure in Tainae. M.A. thesis, University of North Dakota.

Carlton, E. M. and S. R. Rand. 1993. Enquête sociolinguistique sur les langues Diolas de basse Casamance. Cahiers de recherche linguistique 2. Dakar: Société Internationale de Linguistique (SIL).

Caron, B. 2004. Le luri. Quelques notes sur une langue tchadique du Nigéria. In P. Boyeldieu et P. Nougayrol (eds.), Langues et cultures: terrains d’Afrique. Hommage à France Cloarec-Heiss, pp.193–201. Afrique et Langage 7. Louvain: Peeters.

Carrington, L. 1996. A linguistic bibliography of the New Guinea area. Pacific Linguistics D-90. Canberra: Australian National University.

Carrington, L. D. 1984. St. Lucian Creole: A descriptive analysis of its phonology and morpho-syntax. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Carter, J., J. Grummitt, J. Masters, and B. Paris. 2014. A sociolinguistic survey of the Watut languages: South Watut [mcy], Middle Watut [mpl], and North Watut [una]. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2014-006. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/59245.

Carter, J., K. Carter, J. Grummitt, B. MacKenzie, and J. Masters. 2011. A sociolinguistic survey of the Malalamai [mmt] language area. SIL Electronic Survey Report 2011-049. Dallas: SIL International. https://pnglanguages.sil.org/resources/archives/43106.

Carter, J., K. Carter, J. Grummitt, B. MacKenzie and J. Masters. 2012. A sociolinguistic survey of the Mur village vernaculars. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2012-43. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/51533. Accessed 28 January 2016.

Castro, A. 2011. Southern Sui: a fourth Sui dialect. Journal of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society 4(2):1–31.

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (ed.). 1986. African Pygmies. Orlando, FL: Academic Press.

Chafe, W. L. 1962. Estimates regarding the present speakers of North American Indian languages. International Journal of American Linguistics 28:162–171.

Chafe, W. L. 1965. Corrected estimates regarding speakers of Indian languages. International Journal of American Linguistics 31:345–346.

Chagnoux, H. and A. Haribou. 1980. Les Comores. Que sais-je? Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

Chamanga, M. A. and N. J. Gueunie. 1967. Recherches sur l’instrumentalisation du comorien. Cahiers d’Etudes Africaines 17. The Hague: Mouton.

Chauhan, A. 2002. First-hand linguistic information on Kanash. Shimla: Himachal Academy of Languages, Culture and Arts.

Chazée, L. 1999. The peoples of Laos: Rural and ethnic diversities. Bangkok: White Lotus Press.

Chebanne, A. and M. Nthapelelang. 2000. The socio-linguistic survey of Eastern Khoe in the Boteti and Makgadikgadi Pans areas of Botswana. In H. M. Batibo and B. Smieja (eds.), Botswana: The future of the minority languages, pp. 79–94. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft 40. Düsseldorf: Peter Lang.

Checchetto, A., C. Geraci, C. Cecchetto, and S. Zucchi. 2018. The language instinct in extreme circumstances: The transition to tactile Italian Sign language (LISt) by Deafblind signers. Glossa: A Journal of General Linguistics 3(1):66.

Choosri, I. 2002. Mapping dialects of Chong in Chanthaburi Province, Thailand: An application of geographical information system (GIS). M.A. thesis, Mahidol University, Bangkok.

Choosri, I. 2008. Chung (Saoch) of Thailand and Cambodia: phonological and lexical comparisons. Mon-Khmer Studies 38:69–85.

Chowdhury, J. N. 1996. Arunachal Panorama: A study in profile. Itanagar, India: Directorate of Research, Arunachal Pradesh.

Chowning, A. 1983. Interaction between Pidgin and three West New Britain languages. In Papers in Pidgin and Creole Linguistics No. 3, pp. 191–206. Pacific Linguistics A-65. Canberra: Australian National University.

Chowning, A. and W. H. Goodenough. 2016. A dictionary of the Lakalai (Nakanai) language of New Britain, Papua New Guinea. Asia-Pacific Linguistics 29. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Christensen, S. 2010. Yongkom discourse: ergativity and topic. In J. Hooley (ed.), Papers on six languages of Papua New Guinea, pp. 1–41. Pacific Linguistics 617. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Cin, N. 1998. ချင်းတောင်တောက်သက်လူမျိုးသမိုင်း [The history of the Tet people who lived in the Chin Hills]. M.A. thesis, Yangon: Yangon University.

CIP-EY. 2002. National indigenous peoples population statistics. Taipei, Taiwan: Council of Indigenous Peoples, Executive Yuan.

Ciucci, L. 2016. Inflectional morphology in the Zamucoan languages. Biblioteca Paraguaya de Antropología, vol. 103. Asunción: Centro de Estudios Antropológicos de la Universidad Católica.

Ciucci, L. and P. Bertinetto. 2015. A diachronic view of the Zamucoan verb inflection. Folia Linguistica Historica 36(1):19–87.

Ciupek-Reed, J. 2012. Participatory methods in sociolinguistic sign language survey: a case study in El Salvador. M.A. thesis, University of North Dakota.

Civallero, E. 2008. Glosario de lenguas indígenas suramericanas. Córdoba, Argentina: Universidad Nacional de Córdoba. http://hdl.handle.net/10760/11619. Accessed 15 October 2012.

Clark, B., S. Rarrick, B. Rentz, C. Stabile, S. Uno, and J. Woodward. 2016. Uncovering Creole Hawai‘i Sign Language: Evidence from a case study. Paper presented at the 12th International Conference on Theoretical Issues in Sign Language Research, Melbourne, Australia, January 2016.

Clark, R. 1994. Moriori and Maori: The linguistic evidence. In Sutton, D. (ed), The origins of the first New Zealanders, pp. 123–135. Auckland: Auckland University Press.

Clark, R. 2002. Ifira-Mele. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 681–693. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Clark, S. A. 2012. Participant reference in narrative discourse: A comparison of three methodologies. SIL e-books 35. Dallas: SIL International. https://pnglanguages.sil.org/resources/archives/47863.

Clarkson, J. and E. Iurkova. 2015. Important factors in the development of an orthography: Shin-Shorsu Rutul—a case study. SIL Forum for Language Fieldwork. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/63843. Accessed 11 December 2015.

Cleary-Kemp, J. 2014. Irrealis as verbal non-specificity in Koro (Oceanic). Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 40(40):20–41.

Cleary-Kemp, J. 2015. Serial verb constructions revisited: A case study from Koro. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Berkeley.

Clements, J. C. 2015. Portuguese settlement of the Chaul/Korlai area and the formation of Korlai Creole Portuguese. Journal of Language Contact 8:13–35.

Clifton, J., J. Mak, G. Deckinga, L. Lucht, and C. Tiessen. 2005. The sociolinguistic situation of the Lezgi in Azerbaijan. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2005-012.

Clouse, D., M. Donohue, and F. Ma. 2002. Survey report of the north coast of Irian Jaya. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2002-078. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9028. Accessed 20 November 2015.

Clouse, D. A. 2000. Papuan Malay – What is it! Paper presented at the SIL Malay Seminar. Yogyakarta, 8–10 January 2000.

Clynes, A. 2005. Belait. In A. Adelaar and N. P. Himmelmann (eds.), The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar, pp. 429–455. London: Routledge.

Cobb, E. and D. Wroge. 1990. Iwal transfer primer and teachers’ training course. READ 25(2):40–44.

Coelho, V. H. 1967. Sikkim and Bhutan. New Delhi: Indraprastha Press.

Cohen, D. 1963. Le dialecte Arabe Hassaniya de Mauritanie. Paris: Librairie C. Klincksieck.

Cohen, D. 1985. Judeo-Arabic of North Africa. In J. A. Fishman (ed.), Readings in the sociology of Jewish languages, pp. 246–260. Leiden: E. J. Brill.

Cohen, P. I. 1976. El inglés criollo de Panamá. Panamá: Editorial Universitaria.

Collins, J. T. 1980. Ambonese Malay and creolization theory. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka.

Collins, J. T. 1983. The historical relationships of the languages of Central Maluku, Indonesia. Pacific Linguistics D-47. Canberra: Australian National University.

Collins, J. T. 2001. Borneo and Malay dialectology, Borneo Homeland Data Paper 5. Bangi: Institut Alam dan Tamadun Melayu.

Collins, J. T. 2003. Malay and Malayic: The classification of the Menterap language. Paper presented at Pertemuan Linguistik Lembaga Bahasa Atma Jaya. Jakarta.

Comrie, B. (ed.). 1987. The world’s major languages. London: Routledge.

Comrie, B. 1988. Haruai verb structure and language classification in the Upper Yuat’. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 17:140–160.

Comrie, B. and G. Corbet (eds.). 1993. The Slavonic languages. London: Routledge.

Connell, B. 1994. The Lower Cross languages: A prolegomena to the classification of the Cross River languages. Journal of West African Languages 24(1):3–46.

Connell, B. 1997. Moribund languages of the Nigeria-Cameroon borderland. Paper presented at the Symposium on Language Endangerment in Africa, July 29–31, 1997. Leipzig, Germany.

Connell, B. and D. Zeitlyn. 2000. Njerep: A postcard from the edge. Studies in African Linguistics29(1):95–125.

Connell, B. and J. Hajek. 1991. Universals of nasal attrition. In Comité d’organisation du Congrès (ed.), Actes du XIIème Congrès International des Sciences Phonétiques, pp. 106–109. Aix-en-Provence: Université de Provence.

Connell, J. and N. Lutkehaus. 2016. Another Manam? The forced migration of the population of Manam Island, Papua New Guinea, due to volcanic eruptions 2004–2005. Geneva: International Organization for Migration. https://environmentalmigration.iom.int/another-manam-forced-migration-population-manam-island-papua-new-guinea-due-volcanic-eruptions-200-0.

Conrad, R. and R. Lewis. 1988. Some language and sociolinguistic relationships in the Upper Sepik Region of Papua New Guinea. In G. Smith, T. Dutton et al (eds.), Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 26, pp.243–273. Pacific Linguistics A-76. Canberra: Australian National University.

Coon, C. S. 1931. Tribes of the Rif. Harvard African Studies 9. Cambridge, MA: Peabody Museum of Harvard University.

Cooper, R. L. 1989. Language planning and social change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Corris, M. 2005. A grammar of Barapu: a language of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Sydney. https://ses.library.usyd.edu.au/handle/2123/3655. Accessed 30 October 2018.

Corsetti, R., M. Pinto, and M. Tolomeo. 2004. Regularizing the regular: The phenomenon of overregularization in Esperanto-speaking children. Language Problems and Language Planning 28:(3):261–282.

Coulter, N. R. 2007. Music shift: Evaluating the vitality and viability of music styles among the Alamblak of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, Kent State University.

Coulter, N. R. 2011. Assessing music shift: adapting EGIDS for a Papua New Guinea community. In J. Svantesson, N. Burenhult, A. Holmer, A. Karlsson, and H. Lundström (eds.), Language Documentation and Description 10, pp. 61–81. London: SOAS.

Cowan, G. M. 1948. Mazateco whistle speech. Language 24:280–286.

Cowan, G. M. 1952. El idioma silbado entre los mazatecos de Oaxaca y los tepehuas de Hidalgo, México. Tlatoani 1:31–33.

Cowan, G. M. 1972. Segmental features of Tepehua whistle speech. In A. Rigualt and R. Charbonneau (eds.), Proceedings of the Seventh International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, Montreal, Janua Linguarum, serie maior 57, pp. 695–698. The Hague: Mouton.

Crasborn, O. 2001. Phonetic implementation of phonological categories in Sign Language of the Netherlands. LOT Dissertation Series No. 48. Ph.D. dissertation, Netherlands National Graduate School of Linguistics, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Crass, J. 2007. Grammatical borrowing in K’abeena. In Y. Matras and J. Sakel (eds.), Grammatical Borrowing in Cross-Linguistic Perspective, pp. 91–105. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.

Creissels, D. 2009. Construct forms of nouns in African languages. In P. K. Austin, O. Bond, M. Charette, D. Nathan and P. Sells (eds.), Proceedings of Conference on Language Documentation and Linguistic Theory 2, 13–14 November 2009, SOAS, pp. 73–82. London: University of London School of Oriental and African Studies.

Crevels, M. 2007. South America. In C. Moseley (ed.), Encyclopedia of the world’s endangered languages, pp. 103–196. London: Routledge.

Crevels, M. 2011. Language endangerment in South America: The clock is ticking. In L. Campbell and V. Grondona (eds.), The indigenous languages of South America: A comprehensive guide. The World of Linguistics 2. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Crevels, M. 2012. Language endangerment in South America: The clock is ticking. In: Campbell, L. and V. Grondona (eds.) The Indigenous Languages of South America: A comprehensive guide, pp. 167–233. The World of Linguistics 2. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Crevels, M. 2023. Itonama. In P. Epps and L. Michael (eds.), Language isolates I: Aikanã to Kandozi-Shapra: An international handbook, pp. 263–300. Amazonian Languages 44/1. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

Crevels, M. and P. Muysken. 2012. Cayubaba. In M. Crevels and P. Muysken (eds.), Ambito Andino, pp. 341–374. La Paz: Plural Editores.

Crowley, T. 1999. Ura: a disappearing language of Southern Vanuatu. Pacific Linguistics C-156. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.

Crowley, T. 2002a. Mwotlap. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 587–598. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Crowley, T. 2002d. Port Sandwich. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 650–659. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Crowley, T. 2002e. Southeast Ambrym. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 660–670. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Crowley, T. 2006a. The Avava language of Central Malakula (Vanuatu). Pacific Linguistics 574. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Crowley, T. 2006b. Tape: A declining language of Malakula (Vanuatu). Pacific Linguistics 575. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Crozier, D. H. and R. M. Blench (eds.). 1992. An index of Nigerian languages, 2nd ed. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Crystal, D. 2003a. English as a global language. 2nd edition. Cambridge and New York: Cambridge University Press.

Cumberbatch, K. M. 2012a. A linguistic description of the language of the urban Deaf in Jamaica. Ph.D. dissertation, University of the West Indies.

Cumberbatch, K. M. 2012b. Sociolinguistic sketch of Konchri Sain. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities: Anthropological and linguistic insights, pp. 387–388. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton and Nijmegen: Ishara Press.

Cunha, C. M. 1993. A morfosintaxe da língua Arara (Pano) do Acre. M.A. thesis, Universidade Federal de Pernambuco.

Cutler, C. 2003. English in the Turks and Caicos Islands. In M. Aceto and J. P. Williams (eds.), Contact Englishes of the eastern Caribbean pp. 51–80. Varieties of English around the World 30. Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Dai, Qingxia. 2009. Ximoluoyu yanjiu (A study of Ximoluo). Beijing: Ethnic Publishing House.

Dalby, T. D. P. 1962. Language distribution in Sierra Leone: 1961–1962. Sierra Leone Language Review 1:62–67.

Dal Negro, S. 2014. Language contact and variation patterns in Walser German subordination. STUF – Language Typology and Universals 67(4):469–48.

Damsteegt, T. 2002. Sarnami as an immigrant koine. In B. Eithne and J. Arends (eds.), Atlas of the Languages of Suriname, pp. 249–263. Leiden: The Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde (KITLV) Press.

Danerek, S. 2019b. Phonologic variation in Palu’e, a language from Eastern Indonesia, and the devising of an orthographic system. Ethnorema 15.

Daniels, D. 2015. A reconstruction of Proto-Sogeram: Phonology, lexicon, and morphosyntax. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Santa Barbara.

Daniels, D. 2016a. Documenting the Sogeram language family of Papua New Guinea. London: SOAS, Endangered Languages Archive. https://elar.soas.ac.uk/Collection/MPI191286.

Daniels, D. 2016b. Magɨ: An undocumented language of Papua New Guinea. Oceanic Linguistics 55(1):199–224.

Daniels, D. and G. G. Corbett. 2019. Repartitioning. Language 95(4):711–750.

Danielsen, S. and N. Gasparini. 2015. News on the Jorá (Tupí-Guaraní): Sociolinguistics, description, and classification. Boletim do Museu Paraense Emílio Goeldi. Ciências Humanas 10(2):441–466.

Davis, J. E. 2010. Hand talk: Sign language among American Indian nations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Davis, K. 2003. A grammar of the Hoava language, Western Solomons. Pacific Linguistics 535. Canberra: Australian National University.

Davletshin, A. 2017. Socio-political organization of the pre-contact Nukuria according to the local oral tradition. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 142:49–66.

Dawkins, E. and A. Phillips. 2009a. A sociolinguistic survey of Pwo Karen in northern Thailand. Chiang Mai: Linguistics Institute, Payap University. http://li.payap.ac.th/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=10&Itemid=14.

Dawkins, E. and A. Phillips. 2009b. An investigation of intelligibility between West-Central Thailand Pwo Karen and Northern Pwo Karen. Chiang Mai: Linguistics Institute, Payap University. http://li.payap.ac.th/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=10&Itemid=14.

Dawkins, E. and C. Kirkland. 2008. A sociolinguistic survey of Tai Ya in Thailand. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2008-015. Dallas: SIL International. http://www/sil.org/silesr/abstract.asp?ref=2008-015. Accessed 15 October 2012.

Decker, K, C. Riepe, L. Sylvanus, J. Muniru, F. Gobak, and B. Abraham. 2022g. A sociolinguistic survey of Ejuele (Doka) [dbi] language of Kaduna State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-025.

Decker, K., A. Aregbesola, F. Gobak, J. Muniru, J. Sacson, C. Riepe and S. Eju. 2020. A sociolinguistic profile of the Jakattoe [jrt] language of Plateau State, Nigeria, with reference to Jorto. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2020-011.

Decker, K., A. Aregbesola and T. Araokanmi. 2023. A sociolinguistic profile of Legboic languages of Cross River State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2023-001.

Decker, K., A. Lewinan, B. Abraham, F. Gobak, and L. Hon. 2021j. A sociolinguistic profile of the Baangi [bqx] language of Niger State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-060.

Decker, K., B. Abraham, F. Gobak, L. Sylvanus, and L. Hon. 2022e. A sociolinguistic profile of the Deko-Dusanga [uya], Iyongiyong [bbs], and Robambami [ibm] languages of Cross River State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-022.

Decker, K., D. Onoja, I. Jonah, J. Muniru, and S. Eju. 2021g. A sociolinguistic profile of the Arum (Alumu-Tesu) [aab] and Atoro [tdv] languages of Nasarawa State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-048.

Decker, K., D. Onoja, I. Jonah, J. Muniru, and S. Eju. 2021i. A sociolinguistic profile of the Hasha (Yashi) [ybj] language of Nasarawa State, Nigeria, with notes on Sambe [xab]. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-059.

Decker, K., F. Gobak, A. Aregbesola, C. Riepe, I. Sacson, J. Sacson, and S. Eju. 2021p. A sociolinguistic profile of the Rom (Tambas) [tdk] language of Plateau State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-018.

Decker, K., F. Gobak, A. Aregbesola, C. Riepe, J. Sacson, and S. Eju. 2021o. A sociolinguistic profile of the Wãpha [juw] language of Plateau State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-017.

Decker, K., F. Gobak, and C. Riepe. 2021f. A sociolinguistic profile of the Miship [mjs] language of Plateau State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-046.

Decker, K., F. Gobak, B. Abraham, C. Riepe, A. Lewinan, and L. Hon. 2021k. Preliminary findings from a sociolinguistic survey of the Bauchi [bsf] – Fungwa [ula] language cluster of Niger State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-062.

Decker, K., F. Gobak, B. Abraham, C. Riepe, and L. Sylvanus. 2022a. A sociolinguistic profile of the Rjili (Tanjijili) [uji] language of Niger State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-009.

Decker, K., F. Gobak, B. Abraham, L. Andrew, and L. Hon. 2021e. A sociolinguistic profile of the Asu [aum] language of Niger State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-043.

Decker, K., F. Gobak, Y. Danladi, J. Dabet, B. Abraham, C. Riepe, I. Sacson, J. Sacson, L. Hon, and A. Aregbesola. 2021a. A sociolinguistic profile of the Iguta [nar] language of Plateau State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021–019.

Decker, K., F. Gobak, Y. Danladi, J. Dabet, C. Riepe, A. Aregbesola, B. Abraham, A. Lewinan, and T. Araokanmi. 2022b. A sociolinguistic profile of the West Chadic North Bauchi languages of Bauchi and Jigawa States, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-010.

Decker, K., I. Jonah, J. Muniru, Y. Danladi, B. Abraham, D. Onoja, and C. Riepe. 2021c. A sociolinguistic profile of the Ajiri (Eloyi) [afo] language of Nasarawa and Benue States, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-035.

Decker, K., I. Jonah, Y. Danladi, B. Abraham, D. Onoja, and C. Riepe. 2021r. A sociolinguistic profile of the Akye (Ake) [aik] language of Nassarawa State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Report 2021-042.

Decker, K., J. Dabet, J. Muniru, B. Abraham, and I. Jonah. 2021n. A sociolinguistic profile of the Zhire [zhi] language of Kaduna State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-008.

Decker, K., J. Muniru, D. Onoja, L. Andrew, and S. Eju. 2021q. A sociolinguistic profile of the Ihievbe language of Edo State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-008.

Decker, K., Y. Danladi, J. Dabet, A. Aregbesola, T. Araokanmi, and D. Gootjes. 2021h. A sociolinguistic profile of the Duhwa [kbz], Mindat [mmf], and Sya [scw] languages of Plateau State, Nigeria. 2021. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-049.

Decker, K., Y. Danladi, J. Dabet, B. Abraham, and I. Jonah. 2021b. A sociolinguistic profile of the Kusur-Myet (Sur) [tdl] language of Plateau and Bachi States, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-023.

Decker, K., Y. Danladi, L. Hon, A. Aregbesola, T. Araokanmi, J. Muniru, and D. Onoja. 2022c. A sociolinguistic profile of some endangered West Chadic A.2 Bole languages of Bauchi State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-011.

Decker, K., Y. Danladi, L. Hon, A. Aregbesola, T. Araokanmi, J. Muniru and D. Onoja. 2022d. A sociolinguistic profile of some endangered West Chadic B.3 languages in South Bauchi State, Nigeria with notes on Dulubu [dbo]. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-019.

Decker, K. and A. Aregbesola. 2022a. A sociolinguistic profile of the Polci Cluster languages of South Bauchi State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-018.

Decker, K. and A. Aregbesola. 2022b. A sociolinguistic profile of the Shall-Zwall [sha] language of Bauchi State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-012.

Decker, K. and A. Benard. 2022b. A sociolinguistic profile of the Rishiwa and Kizamani (Shuwa-Zamani [ksa]) Languages of Kaduna State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-024.

Decker, K. and T. Araokanmi. 2022. A sociolinguistic profile of the Zeem cluster [zua] languages of Bauchi and Plateau State, Nigeria. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-013.

Decker, K. D. and S. J. Decker. 1992. Languages of Chitral. Sociolinguistic Survey of Northern Pakistan 5. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies, Quaid-i-Azam University and Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Delafosse, M. 1904. Vocabulaires comparatifs de plus de soixante langues ou dialectes parlés à la Côte d’Ivoire et dans les régions limitrophes. Paris: Leroux.

Demetrio III, F. P. A. and L. A. Liwanag. 2014. Ang Pilosopiya ni Pierre Bourdieu bilang Batayang Teoretikal sa Araling Pilipino. Kritike 8(2):19–46.

Demian, M. 2000. Longing for completion: Toward an aesthetics of work in Suau. Oceania 71(2):94–109.

Derbyshire, D. C. and G. K. Pullum (eds.). 1991. Handbook of Amazonian languages, vol. 3. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Derbyshire, D. C. and G. K. Pullum (eds.). 1998. Handbook of Amazonian languages, vol. 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Diaz, T. 2018. Documentation of Heyo [auk], a Torricelli language of Papua New Guinea. London: SOAS, Endangered Languages Archive. URL: http://elar.soas.ac.uk/deposit/0550.

Diedrich, D. 2018. A grammar of Paku: a language of Central Kalimantan. Doctoral dissertation, University of Melbourne.

Dieu, M. and P. Renaud (eds.). 1983. Situation linguistique en Afrique Centrale. Inventaire Preliminaire: Le Cameroun. Atlas Linguistique de l’Afrique Centrale (ALAC); Atlas linguistique du Cameroun (ALCAM). Paris and Yaoundé: Agence de Cooperation Culturelle et Technique; Centre de Recherche et de Documentation sur les Traditions Orales et pour le Développement des Langues Africaines; Direction Générale de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique.

Diffloth, G. 1984. The Dvaravati Old Mon Language and Nyah Kur, Monic language studies 1. Bangkok, Thailand: Chulalongkorn University Printing House.

Diffloth, G. and N. Zide. 1992. Austro-Asiatic languages. In W. Bright (ed.), Oxford international encyclopedia of linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 137–158. New York: Oxford University Press.

Dikyuva, H. 2012. Mardin Sign Language: Signing in a “deaf family”. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities, pp. 395–399. Sign Language Typology 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Diller, A., J. Edmondson, and Y. Luo. 2008. The Tai-Kadai Languages. London: Routledge.

Diller, A. and P. Juntanamalaga. 1990. “Full hearts” and empty pronominals in Thai. Australian Journal of Linguistics 10(2):231–255.

Dimmendaal, G. J. 1989. On language death of Eastern Africa. In N. Dorian (ed.), Investigating obsolescence: Studies in language contraction and death, pp. 13–31. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Dimmendaal, G. J. and F. K. E. Voeltz. 2007. Africa. In C. Moseley (ed.), Encyclopedia of the world’s endangered languages, pp. 579–634. London: Routledge.

Dimoshi, H. 2013. A language learning tool - English2AlbSL (English to Albanian Sign Language). Paper presented at the 13th “See and RE” Workshop, August 26–31, 2013. Bansko, Bulgaria.

Dionysios, Z. 2017. Changing attitudes: Reconsidering the role of Turkish in the community of Pontic Greeks in Cyprus. Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 9(1):25–42.

Diouf, I., C. T. Ndiaye, and N. B. Dieme. 2017. Dynamique et transmission linguistique au Sénégal au cours des 25 dernières années. Dynamiques linguistiques: Cahiers québécois de démographie 46(2):197–217.

Di Rosa, D. 2018. Frustrated modernity: Kerewo histories and historical consciousness, Gulf Province, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University, Canberra. https://openresearch-repository.anu.edu.au/handle/1885/148575. Accessed 8 January 2020.

Dixon, R. M. W. 2002. Australian Languages: Their Nature and Development. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Dixon, R. M. W. and A. Y. Aikhenvald (eds.). 1999. The Amazonian languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Dixon, R. M. W. and B. J. Blake (eds). 1979. Handbook of Australian languages, vol. 1. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Dobrin, L. 2014. Language shift in an ‘Importing Culture’: The cultural logic of the Arapesh Roads. In P. K. Austin and J. Sallabank (eds.), Endangered languages: Beliefs and ideologies in language documentation and revitalization, pp. 125–148. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Dobrin, L. M. 2012. Concreteness in grammar: The noun class systems of the Arapesh languages. Stanford Studies in Morphology and the Lexicon. Stanford: CSLI Publications.

Doerfer, G., W. Hesche, H. Scheinhardt, and S. Tezcan. 1971. Khalaj materials, Uralic and Altaic Series 115. Bloomington: Indiana University Publications.

Döhler, C. 2018. A grammar of Komnzo. Studies in Diversity Linguistics 22. Berlin: Language Science Press.

Döhler, C. 2019. A comprehensive documentation of Bine – A language of Southern New Guinea. London: SOAS University of London, Endangered Languages Archive. http://hdl.handle.net/2196/00-0000-0000-0010-897F-A.

Dolman, D. 1986. Sign languages in Jamaica. Sign Language Studies 52:235–242.

Donohue, M. 1998. Transitivity in Tukang Besi. Studies in Language 22(1):83–111.

Donohue, M. 2007. The Papuan language of Tambora. Oceanic Linguistics 46(2):520–537.

Donohue, M. and L. San Roque. 2004. I’saka: A sketch grammar of a language of north-central New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics 554. Canberra: Australian National University.

Doornbos, P. and M. L. Bender. 1983. Languages of Wadai-Darfur. In M. L. Bender (ed.), Nilo-Saharan language studies, Monograph 13, Committee on Northeast African studies, pp. 42–79. Lansing, MI: African Studies Center, Michigan State University.

Dorais, L. 2010. The language of the Inuit: Syntax, semantics, and society in the Arctic. Mc-Gill-Queen’s Native and Northern Series 58. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.

Draper, N. and S. Draper. 2002. Dictionary of Kyaka Enga, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics 532. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Drew, D. E., A. Payne, (compilers), N. Benala, J. Mattocks, and R. Mattocks (eds). 2005. Kamano-Kafe’, Kemofo Agafa’e dictionary for Kamano-Kafe’, English, Tok Pisin, 2nd ed. Dictionaries of Papua New Guinea 8. Ukarumpa: SIL-PNG Langauge and Culture Archives. https://pnglanguages.sil.org/resources/archives/22867.

Dreyer, J. T. 1976. China’s forty millions: Minority nationalities and national integration in the People’s Republic of China. Harvard East Asia Series 87. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Drinfeld, A. 2019. Documentation of Aro [tei], a Torricelli language of Papua New Guinea. London: SOAS University of London, Endangered Languages Archive. http://hdl.handle.net/2196/4b0b97d1-c83b-45a0-96b9-65e2a5c79399.

Drower, E. S. 1937. The Mandaeans of Iraq and Iran. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Du, J. 2010. Towards a grammar of the Usen dialect of the Barok language, New Ireland, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. thesis, La Trobe University.

Du Nay, A. 1977. The early history of the Rumanian language. Edward Sapir Monograph Series in Language, Culture and Cognition 3. Lake Bluff, IL: Jupiter Press.

Dundon, A. 2007. Warrior women, the Holy Spirit and HIV/AIDS in rural Papua New Guinea. Oceania 77:29–42.

Dunn, M., G. Reesink, and A. Terrill. 2002. The East Papuan languages: A preliminary typological appraisal. Oceanic Linguistics 41:28–62.

Dunn, M. and M. D. Ross. 2007. Is Kazukuru really Non-Austronesian? In Oceanic Linguistics 46(1):210–231.

Dunoyer, C. 2010. Les nouveaux patoisants en Vallé d’Aoste. Aoste: Région autonome Vallée d’Aoste (Quart: Musumeci).

Dupree, L. 1980. Afghanistan. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Durbin, M. and H. Seijas. 1973. Proto Hianacoto: Guaque-Carijona-Hianacoto Umaua. International Journal of American Linguistics 39(1):22–31.

Dutton, T. 2003. A dictionary of Koiari, Papua New Guinea, with grammar notes. Pacific Linguistics 534. Canberra: Australian National University.

Dutton, T. 2010. Reconstructing Proto Koiarian: The history of a Papuan language family. Pacific Linguistics 610. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Dutton, T. E. 1971. Languages of southeast Papua; A preliminary report. In T. E. Dutton, L. Voorhoeve, and S. A. Wurm (eds.), Papers in New Guinea linguistics, pp. 1–46. 14, Pacific Linguistics A-28. Canberra: Australian National University.

Dutton, T. E. 1976. Austronesian languages: Eastern part of South-Eastern Mainland Papua. In S. A. Wurm (ed.), New Guinea area languages and language study, vol. 2: Austronesian Languages, pp. 321–333. Pacific Linguistics C-39. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Dwivedi, P. and S. Kar. 2016. Sociolinguistics and phonology of Kanauji. Paper presented at the International Conference on Hindi Studies, Institut national des langues et civilisations orientales, Paris. September 2016. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/308198142_Sociolinguistics_and_Phonology_of_Kanauji.

Dwyer, A. M. 1998. The Turkic strata of Salar: An Oghuz in Chaghatay clothes? Turkic Languages 2:49–83.

Dye, T. W. and S. F. Dye. 2012. A tale of three languages: language shift in a micro-context. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 214:27–38.

Dyen, I. 1971. The Chamic Languages. In J.D. Bowen (ed.), Linguistics in Oceania, 200–210. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

D’Jernes, L. S. 2013. The give and take of the verb root -kaua in Arop-Lokep [apr]. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 31(2):131–139.

Early, R. 2002. Lamen. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 671–680. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Early, R. 2006. The sociolinguistic decline of Bieria. Paper presented at Terry Crowley Memorial Workshop, November 2006. Wellington, New Zealand.

Earth, B. 2020. Hawai’i deaf history: Edwin Inn, Hawai’i Sign language and the transition to American Sign language. Unpublished ms. http://hdl.handle.net/10125/65931.

Eberhard, D. 2009. Mamaindê grammar: A Northern Nambikwara language and its cultural context. Ph.D. dissertation, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.

Eberhard, D. M. 2019. Understanding an island ecology: A survey of language use in São Tome e Principe. Unpublished ms.

Eberle, D., E. Parks, S. Eberle, and J. Parks. 2012. Sociolinguistic survey report of the Ecuadorian deaf community. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2012-27. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/50228.

Eberle, D., S. Eberle, I. Cuceuan, and D. Cuceuan. 2015. Sociolinguistic survey report of the Romanian deaf community. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2015-003. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/63675. Accessed 8 February 2016.

Eberle, D. and S. Eberle. 2012. Sociolinguistic survey report of the Portuguese deaf community. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2012-044. Dallas: SIL International. http://www-01.sil.org/silesr/abstract.asp?ref=2012-044.

Ebert, K. 1994. The structure of Kiranti languages, comparative grammar and texts: Kiranti subordination in the South Asian areal context. Zürich: Arbeiten des Seminars für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft (ASAS).

Ebobissé, C. 2014. iSawabantu: Eine vergleichende Untersuchung der Küstensprachen Kameruns (Bantu A.20 und A.30). Research in African Studies 24. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.

Edmondson, J. A. and D. Solnit (eds.). 1997. Comparative Kadai: The Tai branch. Publications in Linguistics 124. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington.

Edwards, O. 2016a. Metathesis and unmetathesis: Parallelism and complementarity in Amarasi, Timor. Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University.

Edwards, O. 2016b. Parallel sound correspondences in Uab Meto. Oceanic Linguistics 55(1):52–86.

Edwards, T. 2014. From compensation to integration: Effects of the pro-tactile movement on the sublexical structure of Tactile American Sign Language. Journal of Pragmatics 69:22–41.

Edwards, T. and D. Brentar. 2020. Feeling phonology: The conventionalization of phonology in protactile communities in the United States. Language 96(4):819–840.

Egland, S., D. Bartholomew, and S. C. Ramos. 1983. La inteligibilidad interdialectal en México: Resultados de algunos sondeos. Mexico, DF: Instituto Lingüístico de Verano. http://www-01.sil.org/mexico/sondeos/G038a-SondeosInteligibilidad.htm. Accessed 9 February 2016.

Ekiugbo, P. and A. Diffre-Odiete. 2018. Is Erohwa still alive? In I. Udoh (ed.), Language Documentation and description in Nigeria: Problems and prospects, supplement III of the Journal of Linguistics Association of Nigeria, pp. 60–67. Nsukka: Linguistics Association of Nigeria.

Ellis, J. 1991. Language intelligibility testing across Micronesia. Paper presented at Sixth International Conference of Austronesian Linguistics. Honolulu.

Enéto, K. 2004. Esquisse morphosyntaxique des substantifs miyobé. Mémoire de maîtrise, Université de Lomé.

Enfield, N. J. and G. Diffloth. 2009. Phonology and sketch grammar of Kri, a Vietic language of Laos. Cahiers de Linguistique - Asie Orientale 38(1):3–69.

Epp, R. 1993. The story of Low German and Plautdietsch. Hillsboro, Kansas: The Reader’s Press.

Epps, P. 2008. A grammar of Hup. Mouton Grammar Library 43. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.

Epps, P. and L. R. Storto. 2015. Documentation of Dâw, a Nadahup language of Brazil. London: SOAS, Endangered Languages Archive. https://elar.soas.ac.uk/Collection/MPI1008717.

Eriksen, T. H. 1990. Linguistic diversity and the quest for national identity: The case of Mauritius. Ethnic and Racial Studies 13(1):1–24.

European Commission. 2006. Europeans and their languages. Eurobarometer 243. Brussels: Directorate-General Communication (European Commission). http://ec.europa.eu/public_opinion/archives/ebs/ebs_243_en.pdf. Accessed 17 February 2015.

European Commission. 2012. Europeans and their languages. Special Eurobarometer 386. Brussels: Directorate-General Communication (European Commission). http://ec.europa.eu/public_opinion/archives/ebs/ebs_386_en.pdf. Accessed 17 February 2015.

Evans, B. 2018. Clan and kin among the Nagovisi of southern Bougainville, Papua New Guinea. London: SOAS, Endangered Languages Archive. https://elar.soas.ac.uk/Collection/MPI1032007.

Evans, B. and B. Palmer. 2011. Contact-induced change in southern Bougainville. Oceanic Linguistics 50(2):483–523.

Evans, N., W. Arka, M. Carroll, Y. J. Choi, C. Döhler, V. Gast, E. Kashima, E. Mittag, B. Olsson, K. Quinn, D. Schokkin, P. Tama, C. van Tongeren, and J. Siegel. 2018. The languages of southern New Guinea. In B. Palmer (ed.), The languages and linguistics of the New Guinea Area: A comprehensive guide, pp. 641–774. World of Linguistics 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Evans, N. 2012. Even more diverse than we had thought: The multiplicity of Trans-Fly languages. In N. Evans and M. Klamer (eds.), Melanesian languages on the edge of Asia: Challenges for the 21st century, pp. 109–149. Language Documentation and Conservation Special Publication 5. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Evans, N. 2015. Valency in Nen. In A. Malchukov and B. Comrie (eds.), Valency classes in the world’s Languages, vol. 2: Case studies from Austronesia and the Pacific, the Americas, and theoretical outlook, pp. 1069–1116. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Ewané Etamé, J. 1995. Lexique mkaa’-français et français-mkaa’. Yaoundé: Jean Ewané Etamé.

Exter, M. 2012. ‘Realis’ and ‘irrealis’ in Wogeo: A valid category? In N. Evans and M. Klamer (eds.), Melanesian languages on the edge of Asia: Challenges for the 21st century, pp. 174–190. Language Documentation and Conservation Special Publication 5. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Ezard, B. 1997. A grammar of Tawala: an Austronesian language of the Milne Bay area, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics C-137. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Fabian, G., E. Fabian, and B. Waters. 1998. Morphology, syntax and cohesion in Nabak, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics C-144. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Fabre, A. 2007. Diccionario etnolingüístico y guía bibliográfica de los pueblos indígenas sudamericanos. Edición electrónica. http://www.ling.fi/Diccionario%20etnoling.htm. Accessed 18 February 2014.

Fabri, R. 2010. The languages of the new EU member states: Maltese. Revue Belge de Philologie et d’Histoire 88(3):791–816.

Facundes, S. da Silva. 2000. The language of the Apurinã people of Brazil (Maipure/Arawak). Ph.D. dissertation, State University of New York at Buffalo.

Faraclas, N. G. 1989. Cross River. In J. Bendor-Samuel and R. L. Hartell (eds.), The Niger-Congo languages: A classification and description of Africa’s largest language family, pp. 377–400. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

Farhadi, A. and G. Raven. 1967. Languages. Kabul: Kabul Times Publishing Agency.

Fasold, R. 1984. The sociolinguistics of society. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

Fast, K. 2015. Spatial language in Tungag. Asia-Pacific Linguistics Open Access Monographs 20 / Studies in the Languages of Island Melanesia 4. Canberra: Australian National University Asia-Pacific Linguistics.

Faton, G. and K. Tupper. 2017. A sociolinguistic survey of the Tchumbuli language area. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2017-010.

Fattah, I. K. 2000. Les dialectes Kurdes méridionaux. Acta Iranica Étude linguistique et dialectologique. Louvain: Peters.

Fazzini Giovannucci, E. 1978. Die Alemannischen Dialekte in Westlichen Norditalien. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner GmbH.

Fedden, O. S. 2007. A grammar of Mian, a Papuan Language of New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Melbourne.

Fedden, S. 2012. Change in traditional numeral systems in Mian and other Trans New Guinea languages. In H. Hammarström and W. van den Heuvel (eds.), History, contact and classification of Papuan languages. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia special issue 2012, pt. 1, pp. 1–22. Port Moresby: Linguistics Society of Papua New Guinea.

Fedden, S. and L. Boroditsky. 2012. Spatialization of time in Mian. Frontiers in Psychology 3:1–9.

Feinberg, R. 2009. Nukumanu kinship and contested cultural construction. The Journal of the Polynesian Society 118(3):259–292.

Ferguson, C. A. 1968. Language development. In J. A. Fishman, C. A. Ferguson, and J. Das Gupta (eds.), Language problems of developing nations, pp. 27–36. New York: Wiley and Sons.

Ferlus, M. 1996. Langues et peuples viet-muong. Mon-Khmer Studies 16:7–28.

Fernandes, J. and Z. Ntondo. 2002. Angola: Povos e lingua. Luanda, Angola: Editorial Nzila.

Fernández, Z. and L. Guerrero. 2007. Grammatical borrowing in Yaqui. In Y. Matras and J. Sakel (eds.), Grammatical borrowing in cross-linguistic perspective, pp. 419–433. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Ferreira, H. P. 2011. Esboço gramatical do Yaroamë: Língua Yanomami falada do Serra do Pacu/RR. Rio de Janeiro: Museo do Indio.

Ferreira, J. 2010. Bilingual education among the Karipúna and Galibi-Marwono: Prospects and possibilities for language preservation. In B. Migge, I. Léglise, and A. Bartens, Creoles in education: An appraisal of current programs and projects, pp. 211–236. Creole Language Library 36. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing.

Ferreira, J. and D. J. Holbrook. 2002. Are they dying? The case of some French-lexifier creoles. Paper presented at the 4th annual Islands in Between conference, 8–10 November 2001. Sir Arthur Lewis Community College, Castries, St. Lucia.

Ferreira Brito, L. 1984. Similarities and differences in two Brazilian sign languages. Sign Language Studies 42:45–56.

Fischer, H. and B. Beer. 2021. Wampar-English with an English-Wampar finder list. Asia-Pacific Linguistics. Canberra: ANU Press.

Fischer, W. and O. Jastrow (eds.). 1980. Handbuch der arabischen Dialekte. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

Fishman, J. A. (ed.). 1985. Readings in the sociology of Jewish languages. Leiden: E. J. Brill.

Fishman, J. A. 1991. Reversing language shift. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Fleisch, H. 1974. Études d’Arabe dialectal. Beirut: Dar el-Machreq.

Fleming, C. 2019. Sally Lloyd: the essence of community development. Devpolicy Blog, September 12. Canberra: Development Policy Centre of ANU. https://devpolicy.org/aidprofiles/2019/09/12/sally-lloyd-the-essence-of-community-development/.

Flora, B. and E. Brye. 2006. A rapid appraisal language survey of Njen. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2006-007. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9229.

Florey, M. 2005. Language shift and endangerment. In A. Adelaar and N. P. Himmelman (eds.), The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar, pp. 43–64. London: Routledge.

Foley, W. A. 2004. Language endangerment, language documentation and capacity building: challenges from New Guinea. In Peter K. Austin (ed.), Language Documentation and Description 2, pp. 28–38. London: SOAS.

Foley, W. A. 2005. Linguistic prehistory in the Sepik-Ramu basin. In A. Pawley, R. Attenborough, J. Golson, and R. Hide (eds.), Papuan pasts: Cultural, linguistics and biological histories of Papuan-speaking peoples, pp. 109–144. Canberra: Australian National University.

Foley, W. A. 2016. Direct versus inverse in Murik-Kopar. In J. Fleischhauer, A. Latrouite, and R. Osswald (eds.), Explorations of the syntax-semantics interface, pp. 265–288. Düsseldorf: Düsseldorf University Press.

Foley, W. A. 2018a. The languages of the Sepik-Ramu Basin and environs. In B. Palmer (ed.), The languages and linguistics of the New Guinea Area: A comprehensive guide, pp. 197–431. World of Linguistics 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Foley, W. A. 2018b. The languages of Northwest New Guinea. In B. Palmer (ed.), The languages and linguistics of the New Guinea Area: A comprehensive guide, pp. 433–567. World of Linguistics 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Forker, D. 2019. The impact of language contact on Hinuq: Phonology, morphology, syntax, and lexicon. STUF - Language Typology and Universals 72(2):221–253.

Forte, J. 1990. The populations of Guyanese Amerindian settlements. Guyana: University of Guyana, Amerindian Research Unit.

Forth, G. L. 1993. Ritual and ideology in Nage mortuary culture. Asian Journal of Social Science 21(2):37–61.

Foster, B. L. 1972. Ethnicity and economy: The case of the Mons in the Thailand. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan.

Fox, J. J. 1991. The flow of life in Nusa Tenggara. In D. Pickell (ed.), East of Bali: from Lombok to Timor, pp. 30–35. Berkeley and Singapore: Periplus.

Fox Tree, E. 2009. Meemul Tziij: An indigenous sign language complex of Mesoamerica. Sign Language Studies 9(3):324–366. http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/sls/summary/v009/9.3.fox-tree.html. Accessed 20 October 2015.

FPCC. 2014. Report on the status of B.C. First Nations’ languages. Brentwood Bay, B.C.: First Peoples’ Cultural Council.

FPCC. 2018. Report on the status of B.C. First Nations’ languages, 3rd ed. Brentwood Bay, B.C.: First Peoples’ Cultural Council. https://fpcc.ca/resource/fpcc-report-of-the-status-of-b-c-first-nations-languages-2018/.

Frampton, J. M. 2014. Maisin: A grammatical description of an Oceanic language in Papua New Guinea. M.A. thesis, University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.

François, A., M. Franjieh, S. Lacrampe, and S. Schnell. 2015. The exceptional linguistic density of Vanuatu: Introduction to the volume. In A. François, M. Franjieh, S. Lacrampe, and S. Schnell (eds.). The languages of Vanuatu: Unity and diversity 5, pp. 1–21. Canberra: Australian National University.

François, A. 2009. The languages of Vanikoro: three lexicons and one grammar. In B. Evans (ed.), Discovering history through language: papers in honour of Malcolm Ross, pp. 103–126. Pacific Linguistics 605. Canberra: Australian National University.

François, A. 2019. Verbal number in Lo-Toga and Hiw: The emergence of a lexical paradigm. Transactions of the Philological Society 117(3):338–371.

Franklin, K. and H. B. Kerr. 2020. The Wiru language and Kerr’s database. Preprint. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/338490974_The_Wiru_Language_and_Kerr%27s_Database_1.

Franklin, K. J. 1968. Languages of the Gulf District: A preview. In S. A. Wurm (ed.), Papers in New Guinea linguistics, vol. 8, pp. 19–44. Pacific Linguistics A‑16. Canberra: Australian National University.

Franklin, K. J. 2017. Two Kewa (Papua New Guinea) story genres. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 35:152–176.

Fukui, K. 1984. A preliminary report on pastoralism among the Narim. In M. Tomikawa (ed.), Sudan Sahel studies, vol. 1, pp. 75–94. Tokyo: Institute for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa.

Gair, J. W. 1998. Sinhala and other South East Asian languages. New York: Oxford University Press.

Gallagher, S. 2008. Bariai dictionary. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Gan, L.E. 2019. Attitudes towards the official recognition of Hong Kong Sign language by Hong Kong citizens. Journal of Linguistics and Eucation Research 2(2):1–16.

Garau Cordovés, M. 2012. Primera caracterización del sustantivo en la Lengua de Señas Cubana. https://cultura-sorda.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/Garau_Primera_caracterizacion_sustantivo_LSCubana.pdf.

Garbacz, P. 2010. Word order in Övdalian: A study in variation and change. Ph.D. dissertation, Centre for Languages and Literature, Lund University, Sweden.

Gardner, W. L. 2006. Language use in the Epena district of Northern Congo. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2006-005. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9226.

Gblem-Poidi, H. M. and L. Kantchoa. 2012. Les langues du Togo: Élat de la recherche et perspectives. Paris: L’Harmattan.

Geer, L. 2011. Kinship in Mongolian Sign language. Sign Language Studies 11(4):594–605.

Geer, L. 2012. Sources of variation in Mongolian Sign language. Texas Linguistics Forum 55:33–42.

Generalitat de Cataluña. 2019. Els usos lingüístics de la població de l’Aran: Principals resultats de l’Enquesta d’usos lingüístics de la población. Barcelona: Generalitat de Cataluña. https://llengua.gencat.cat/ca/serveis/dades_i_estudis/poblacio/Enquesta-EULP/Enquesta-dusos-lingueistics-de-la-poblacio-2018/.

Gengxia Wengmu and Hu Shujin. 2008. Analysis of the linguistic island phenomenon in the multilingual environment of Daofu county. Journal of the Southwest University of Nationalities: Humanities and Social Sciences 29(5):86–90.

Geraghty, P. A. 1983. The history of the Fijian languages. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication 19. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Geraghty, P. A. 1988. Proto New Caledonian and its relationships. Paper presented at Fifth International Conference on Austronesian Linguistics, January 1988. Auckland, New Zealand.

Geraghty, P. A. and A. Pawley. 1981. The relative chronology of some innovations in the Fijian languages. In J. Hollyman and A. Pawley (eds.), Studies in Pacific languages and cultures: In honour of Bruce Biggs, pp. 159–178. Auckland: Linguistic Society New Zealand.

Gerstner-Link, C. 2018. A grammar of Kilmeri. Pacific Linguistics 654. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Gerteiny, A. G. 1967. Mauritania. New York: Frederick A. Praeger.

Gibbs, P. 2011. Enga Tindi Pii: The real world and creative imagination. In A. Rumsey and D. Niles (eds.), Sung tales from the Papua New Guinea Highlands: Studies in form, meaning, and sociocultural context, pp. 151–163. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Gil, D. 2001. Creoles, complexity and Riau Indonesian. Linguistic Typology 5:325–371.

Giolitto, M. 2016. Palabras de gringos: El uso del piamontés en la vida cotidiana de los habitantes de la Pampa Gringa. Col. Universidad. Rosario, Argentina: Prohistoria Ediciones.

Gippert, J., M. Tandašvili, M. Mačavariani, and B. Šavxelišvili. 2006. Endangered Caucasian languages in Georgia (ECLinG). http://titus.fkidg1.uni-frankfurt.de/ecling/ecling01.htm.

Glennon, J. J. 2014. Syntactic ergativity in Nehan. M.A. thesis, Graduate Institute of Applied Linguistics, Dallas, TX.

Go, K. Z. 1996. A critical historical study of Bible translations among the Zo people. Churachandpur, Manipur, India: Chin Baptist Literature Board.

Gobierno Vasco, Gobierno de Navarra, Office public de la langue basque. 2016. VI Encuesta Sociolingüística: Comunidad Autónoma Vasca. Viceconsejería de Política Lingüística, Instituto Navarro del Euskera. Donostia. https://www.irekia.euskadi.eus/uploads/attachments/8568/VI_Encuesta_Sociolinguistica_CAV.pdf?1476439616.

Goddard, I. 2012. The “Loup” languages of western Massachusetts: The dialectal diversity of Southern New England Algonquian. In Macaulay, M., M. Noodin, and J. R. Valentine (eds.), Papers of the 44th Algonquian Conference, pp. 104–138. Albany: SUNY Press.

Goddard, Ives. 1997. Pidgin Delaware. In S. G. Thomason (ed.), Contact languages: A wider perspective, pp. 43–98. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Godoy, G. 2020. Os Ka’apor, os gestos e os sinais. Ph.D. dissertation, Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro.

Gold, D. L. 1974. Jewish intralinguistics. Sociological Abstracts. Supplement 47(1):344.

Golla, V. 2007. North America. In C. Moseley (ed.), Encyclopedia of the world’s endangered languages, pp. 1–96. London: Routledge.

Golla, V. 2011. California Indian languages. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Gómez-Rendón, J. 2007. Grammatical borrowing in Imbabura Quichua (Ecuador). In Y. Matras and J. Sakel (eds.), Grammatical borrowing in cross-linguistic perspective, pp. 481–521. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Gómez-Rendón, J. 2008. Mestizaje linguístico en Los Andes: Génesis y estructura de una lengua mixta. Quito: Abya-Yala.

Gong, Q. 2007. Zhabayu yanjiu [A study of the Zhaba language]. Beijing: Minzu Chuban She.

González, M., A. Pérez, J. L. Marín, and C. Villavicencio. 2019. Towards the recognition of Chilean Sign Language. In M. De Meulder, J. J. Murray and R. L. McKee (eds.), The legal recognition of sign languages: Advocacy and outcomes around the World. Bristol, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Good, J., J. Lovegren, J. P. Mve, C. Nganguep Tchiemouo, R. Voll, and P. Di Carlo. 2011. The languages of the Lower Fungom region of Cameroon: Grammatical overview. Africana Linguistica 17:101–164.

Goodman, M. 1964. A comparative study of Creole French dialects. Janua linguarum: series practica 4. The Hague: Mouton.

Gottschlich, B. 2013. Transformational scripture engagement among the Budu of Congo-Kinshasa. Doctoral dissertation, Fuller Theological Seminary, School of Intercultural Studies.

Goudswaard, N. 2005. The Begak (Ida’an) language of Sabah. LOT Dissertation Series No. 107. Ph.D. dissertation, Netherlands National Graduate School of Linguistics, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Gould, S. 2011. The (Mis)fortunes of vernacular literacy in the Huli language of the Southern Highlands Province (SHP). Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 29:1–21.

Gowda, K. K. 1976. Phonology of Sanket dialect. In R. C. Hiremath and J. S. Kulli (eds.), Proceedings of the third all India conference of Dravidian linguists. Dharwar: Extension Service and Publications, Karnatak University.

Granda, A. and J. Nuccio. 2018. Protactile principles. Tactile Communications. https://www.tactilecommunications.org/ProTactilePrinciples.

Grant, A. P. 2013. Chinuk Wawa. In S. M. Michaelis, P. Maurer, M. Haspelmath, and M. Huber (eds.). The survey of pidgin and creole languages, vol. III: Contact languages based on languages from Africa, Australia and the Americas, pp.149–157. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Gray, R., H. Paris, D. Pfantz, D. Richardson, and J. Bullock. 2015a. A sociolinguistic survey of the Yabong, Migum, Nekgini, and Neko. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2015-005. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/64361.

Gray, R., R. Hiley, and T. Retsema. 2016. The sociolinguistic situation of the Hunjara-Kaina Ke language. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2015-027. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/67102.

Gray, R. D., A. J. Drummond, and S. J. Greenhill. 2009. Language phylogenies reveal expansion pulses and pauses in Pacific settlement. Science 323(5913):479–483.

Greenberg, J. H. 1956. The measurement of linguistic diversity. Language 32(1):109–115.

Greenberg, J. H. 1963. Some universals of grammar with particular reference to the order of meaningful elements. Universals of language 2:73–113.

Grierson, G. and S. Konow (eds.). 1903–1928. Linguistic survey of India, 11 vols. in 20 parts. Calcutta: Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, India.

Griffiths, S. and L. Robson. 2010. Cultural ecologies of endangered languages: The cases of Wawa and Njanga. Anthropological Linguistics 52(2):217–238.

Griffiths, T., J. Coleman, and M. Morales. 2001. A Nipode Uitoto—Spanish—English Lexicon. Oxford: Oxford University Phonetics Laboratory.

Grimes, B. D. 1991a. Exploring the sociolinguistics of Ambonese Malay. In R. Harlow (ed.), VICAL 2: Western Austronesian and contact languages, parts I and II: Papers from the fifth International Conference on Austronesian Linguistics, Auckland, New Zealand, pp. 131–168. Auckland: Linguistic Society of New Zealand.

Grimes, B. D. 1991b. The development and use of Ambonese Malay. In H. Steinhauer (ed.), Papers in Austronesian Linguistics 1, pp. 83–123. Pacific Linguistics A-81. Canberra: Australian National University.

Grimes, B. D. 1994. Cloves and nutmeg, traders and wars: Language contact in the Spice Islands. In T. E. Dutton and D. T. Tryon (eds.), Language contact and change in the Austronesian world, pp. 251–274. Trends in Linguistics: Studies and Monographs 77. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Grimes, C. E., T. Therik, B. D. Grimes, and M. Jacob. 1997. A guide to the people and languages of Nusa Tenggara. Center for Regional Studies, Paradigma, series B, no. 1. Kupang: Artha Wacana Press.

Grimes, C. E. 1982. Report on a preliminary survey of the languages of North Maluku. Jakarta: SIL International.

Grimes, C. E. 2009. Digging for the roots of language death in eastern Indonesia: The cases of Kayeli and Hukumina. In M. Florey, (ed.), Endangered languages of Austronesia, pp.73–89. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Grimes, C. E. and B. D. Grimes. 1987. Languages of South Sulawesi. Pacific Linguistics D-78. Canberra: Australian National University.

Grimes, J. E. 1974a. Word lists and languages. Technical Report 2. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, Department of Modern Languages and Linguistics.

Grimes, J. E. 1986. Area norms of language size. In B. F. Elson (ed.), Language in global perspective: Papers in honor of the fiftieth anniversary of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, pp. 5–20. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Grimes, J. E. 1995. Language endangerment in the Pacific. Oceanic Linguistics 34(1):1–12.

Grjunberg, A. L. 1968. Languages of the Eastern Hindu Kush. Moscow: Nauka Publishing House, Central Department of Oriental Literature.

Grollemund, R. 2005. Les Okandé du Gabon, locuteurs d’une langue en danger (langue bantoue du groupe B 30)—langue et culture. Master’s thesis, Département de Sciences du Language, Université Lumière Lyon 2.

Grünewald, R. de Azeredo. 2018. Atikum. Povos Indígenas no Brasil. São Paulo: Instituto Socioambiental. https://pib.socioambiental.org/en/Povo:Atikum.

Grupioni, D. F. 2018. Kaxuyana. Povos Indígenas no Brasil. São Paulo: Instituto Socioambiental. https://pib.socioambiental.org/en/Povo:Kaxuyana.

Grzech, K. 2016. Discourse enclitics in Tena Kichwa: A corpus-based account of information structure and epistemic meaning. Doctoral dissertation, University of London, SOAS.

Guderian, B. and T. Guderian. 2005. Organised phonology data supplement, Koluwawa language. In S. Parker (ed.), Phonological descriptions of Papua New Guinea languages, pp. 75–86. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 47. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: SIL-PNG Academic Publications.

Guedri, C. M. 2008. A sociolinguistic study of language contact of Lebanese Arabic and Brazilian Portuguese in São Paulo. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas at Austin.

Guérin, V. 2011. A grammar of Mavea: An Oceanic language of Vanuatu. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication 39. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Guérin, V. 2017. Imperatives and command strategies in Tayatuk (Morobe, PNG). In A. Y. Aikhenvald and R. M. W. Dixon (eds.), Commands: a cross-linguistic typology, pp. 206–223. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Guérois, R. 2015. A grammar of Cuwabo (Mozambique, Bantu P34). Doctoral dissertation. Université Lumière Lyon 2.

Guillon, E. 1999. The Mons, a civilization of Southeast Asia. Bangkok: The Siam Society.

Güldemann, T. 1998. San languages for education: A linguistic short survey and proposal, on behalf of the Molteno early literacy and language development project in Namibia. Okahandja: National Institute of Educational Development, Ministry of Basic Education and Culture.

Güldemann, T. 2003. Khoisan languages. In W. Frawley (ed.), International encyclopedia of linguistics, 2nd ed., vol. 4, pp. 359–362. New York: Oxford University Press.

Güldemann, T. and R. Vossen. 2000. Khoisan. In B. Heine and D. Nurse (eds.), African languages: An introduction, pp. 99–122. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Gunn, H. D. 1953. Peoples of the plateau region of northern Nigeria. London: International African Institute.

Gunnemark, E. and D. Kenrick. 1985. A geolinguistic handbook. Sweden: Gunnemark.

Gunnink, H. 2018. A grammar of Fwe: a Bantu language of Zambia and Namibia. Ph.D. thesis, Ghent University.

Gurung, H. 1997. Faces of Nepal. Kathmandu: Himal Books.

Gusain, L. 2002. Endangered language: A case study of Sansiboli. Language in India 2. http://www.languageinindia.com/dec2002/sansi.html. Accessed 15 October 2012.

Gusev, V. 2015. Negation in Nganasan. In M. Miestamo, A. Tamm, B. Wagner-Nagy (eds.) Negation in Uralic languages, pp. 103–132. Typological Studies in Language 108. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

GXLOUS. 2005. Guangxi language and orthography use survey. Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region Language Commission. Nanning, China: Guangxi Education Press.

Haacke, W. H. G. 2008. Linguistic hypotheses on the origin of Namibian Khoekhoe speakers. Southern African Humanities 20:163–177.

Haacke, W. H. G. and E. E. Elderkin (eds.). 1997. Namibian languages: Reports and papers. Namibian African Studies 4. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Haan, J. W. 2001. The grammar of Adang, a Papuan language spoken on the island of Alor, East Nusa Tenggara, Indonesia. Ph.D. thesis, University of Sydney.

Haboud, M. 2003. Quichua and Spanish in the Ecuadorian highlands: The effects of long term contact. Quito: Quality Print Cia. Ltda.

Hachipola, S. 1998. A survey of the minority languages of Zimbabwe. Harare: University of Zimbabwe Publications.

Hafford, J. A. 2005. Organised phonology data supplement, Wuvulu language. In S. Parker (ed.), Phonological descriptions of Papua New Guinea languages, pp. 95–108. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 55. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: SIL-PNG Academic Publications.

Hafford, J. A. 2014. Wuvulu grammar and vocabulary. Ph.D. thesis, University of Hawai’i.

Hainsworth, C. J., K. F. Johnson, and P. F. Brien. 2019. Narak – Yingglis Diksaneriy (Narak-English Dictionary). Ukarumpa: SIL-PNG. https://pnglanguages.sil.org/resources/archives/84859.

Hajek, J. 1998. Kenaboi: An extinct unclassified language of the Malay Peninsula. Mon-Khmer Studies 28:137–149.

Hajek, J. 2006. On the edge of the Pacific: Indonesia and East Timor. In D. Cunningham, D. E. Ingram, and K. Sumbuk (eds.), Language diversity in the Pacific: endangerment and survival, pp. 122–131. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Hajo, Z. 1994. Die kurdische Sprache und ihre Dialekte. Ein Beitrag zur Standardisierung des Kurdischen. Kurdologie Studien zu Sprache, Geschichte, Gesellschaft und Politik Kurdistans und der Kurden und Kurdinnen 73–82. Berlin: Allgemeiner Studierendenausschuss der Frei Univesität Berlin.

Hale, A. 1982. Research on Tibeto-Burman languages. Trends in Linguistics: State-of-the-Art Report 14. Berlin: Mouton.

Hale, K. 1983. A lexicographic study of some Australian languages: Project description. In Austin, P. (ed.), Australian Aboriginal lexicography, pp. 71–107. Pacific Linguistics A-66. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Hall, E. 1983. Ghanaian languages. Accra: Asempa.

Hall, E. 2013. Impact of Tai Lue on Muak Sa-aak phonology. Mon-Khmer Studies 43(1):24–30.

Hall, R. A., Jr. 1966. Pidgin and creole languages. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Hall, R. A., Jr. 1974. External history of the Romance languages. New York: American Elsevier Publishing Co.

Halvaksz, J. A. 2020. Gardens of gold: Place-making in Papua New Guinea. Culture, Place, and Nature: Studies in Anthropology and Environment. Seattle: University of Washington Press.

Hamilton, A., J. Perla, and L. C. Robinson. 2013. A psycholinguistic assessment of language loss in Eastern Indonesia: Evidence from the HALA project. In M. C. Jones and S. Ogilvie (eds.), Keeping languages alive: Documentation, revitalization, and pedagogy, pp. 16–28. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hamm, C. 2004a. A sociolinguistic survey of the Glavda, Cineni and Vemgo-Mabas languages of Cameroon and Nigeria (rapid appraisal). Yaoundé: SIL Cameroon. http://www.sil.org/resources/archives/47435.

Hamm, C. 2004b. A sociolinguistic survey of the Gvoko and Guduf languages of Cameroon and Nigeria (rapid appraisal). Cameroon: Ministry of Scientific and Technical Research. https://www.sil.org/system/files/reapdata/68/55/85/68558568034104199966985221048168256598/gvoko_hamm2004_2676_p.pdf.

Hammarström, H. 2010. The status of the least documented language families in the world. Language Documentation and Conservation 4:177–212.

Hancock, I. F. (ed.). 1979. Romani sociolinguistics. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 19. The Hague: Mouton.

Hancock, I.F. 1974a. English in Liberia. American Speech 49(3/4):224–229.

Hancock, I. F. 1974b. Shelta: A problem of classification. In D. De Camp and I. F. Hancock (eds.), Pidgins and creoles: Current trends and prospects, pp. 130–137. Washington, D. C.: Georgetown University Press.

Hancock, I. F. 1980b. The Texas Seminoles and their language. Austin, TX: University of Texas at Austin.

Hancock, I. F. 1984a. Romani and Angloromani. In P. Trudgill (ed.), Language in the British Isles, pp. 367–383. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hancock, I. F. 1984b. Shelta and Polari. In P. Trudgill (ed.), Language in the British Isles, pp. 384–403. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hancock, I. F. 1985. A preliminary structural sketch of Trinidad Creole French. Amsterdam Creole Studies 8:27–40.

Hancock, I. F. 1987. A preliminary classification of the Anglophone Atlantic Creoles, with syntactic data from thirty-three representative dialects. In G. Gilbert (ed.), Pidgin and Creole languages: Essays in memory of John E. Reinecke, pp. 264–334. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Hancock, I. F. 1988. Romani: The language of the Gypsies. Gamut 23:8–12.

Hancock, I. F. 1990a. A grammar of the Hungarian-Slovak (Carpathian, Bashaldo, Romungro) Romani language. Manchaca, TX: International Romani Union.

Hancock, I. F. 1990b. The Romani speech community. In V. Edwards and S. Alladina (eds.), Multilingualism in the British Isles, pp. 96–97. Longman Linguistic Library. London: Longman.

Hancock, I. F. 1992. The social and linguistic development of Scandoromani. In E. H. Jahr (ed.), Language contact: Theoretical and empirical studies, pp. 37–52. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Handman, C. 2017. Walking like a Christian: Roads, translation, and gendered bodies as religious infrastructure in Papua New Guinea. American Ethnologist 44 (2):1–13.

Hansford, K., J. T. Bendor-Samuel, and R. Stanford. 1976. An index of Nigerian languages. Studies in Nigerian Languages 5. Accra, Ghana: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Hansson, G. 1991. The Rai of eastern Nepal: Ethnic and Linguistic Grouping. (Findings of the Linguistic Survey of Nepal). Kirtipur, Nepal: Centre for Nepal and Asian Studies, Tribhuvan University.

Hansson, I-L. 2003. Akha. In G. Thurgood and R. Lapolla (eds.), The Sino-Tibetan languages. New York: Routledge.

Hardie, P. 2003. Is Kuman tonal? An account of basic segmental and tonological structure in the Papuan language Kuman. M.A. thesis, Australian National University.

Harley, M. W. 2005. A descriptive grammar of Tuwuli, a Kwa language of Ghana. Doctoral dissertation. London: University of London.

Harrat, S., K. Meftouh, M. Abbas, S. Jamoussi, M. Saad, and K. Smaili. 2015. Cross-Dialectal Arabic processing, computational linguistics and intelligent text processing. In: A. Gelbukh (ed.) Computational Linguistics and Intelligent Text Processing, pp.620–632. Lecture Notes in Computer Science 9041. Springer.

Harris, A. S. 1991. The Tagal Murut. In S. G. Lingenfelter (ed.), Social organisation of Sabah societies: Studies from six societies, Bonggi, Ida’an, Lotud, Makiang, Tagal, Timugon, pp, 39–62. Kota Kinabalu: Sabah Museum and State Archives.

Harrison, B. and L. Marmen. 1996. Focus on Canada: Languages in Canada. Scarborough, Ontario: Statistics Canada and Prentice Hall Canada.

Harrison, K.D., D.S. Rood, and A. Dwyer (eds.). 2008. Lessons from documented endangered languages. Typological Studies in Language 78. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Harrison B. and A. Harrison. 2001. Sociolinguistic survey report for the Maraka-Jula ethnic group. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2001-003. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9089. Accessed 20 February 2017.

Hatfield, A. 2016. A grammar of Mehek. Ph.D. dissertation, State University of New York at Buffalo.

Hattaway, P. 2003. Operation China, Introducing all the peoples of ChinaPasedena: William Carey Library.

Hattaway, P. 2005. Peoples of the Buddhist world. Pasedena: William Carey.

Haugen, E. 1972. The ecology of language. In Anwar S. Dil (ed.), The ecology of language: Essays by Einar Haugen, pp. 325–339. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Haugen, E. 1992. Scandinavian languages. In W. Bright (ed.), Oxford international encyclopedia of linguistics, vol. 3, pp. 375–379. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hauk, B. and B. Rentz, 2019. Tsova-Tush language attitudes and use. Poster presented at 6th International Conference on Language Documentation and Conservation (ICLDC), 3 March 2019. https://scholarspace.manoa.hawaii.edu/bitstream/10125/44892/44892.pdf.

Hayward, S. 1983. A sociolinguistic survey of the Tiboran language family, Madang province. Pioneer Bible Translators. Madang. (MS).

Head, J. 2010. Tense and mood pairs in Umbu-Ungu. In J. Hooley (ed.), Papers on six languages of Papua New Guinea, pp. 103–112. Pacific Linguistics 617. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Headland, T. H. 1989. Population decline in a Philippine Negrito hunter-gatherer society. American Journal of Human Biology 1:59–72.

Headland, T. N. 2010. Why the Philippine Negrito Languages are endangered. In M. Florey (ed.), Endangered languages of Austronesia, pp. 110–118. New York: Oxford University Press.

Healey, A. 1964. The Ok language family in New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University.

Healey, D. 2013. A grammar of Maskelynes: the language of Uluveu Island, Vanuatu. Ph.D. dissertation, University of the South Pacific. http://digilib.library.usp.ac.fj/gsdl/collect/usplibr1/index/assoc/HASH3017.dir/doc.pdf.

Heegård Petersen, J. 2006. Local case-marking in Kalasha. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Nordic Studies and Linguistics, University of Copenhagen.

Heine, B. 1968. Die Verbreitung und Gliederung der Togorestsprachen. Kölner Beiträge zur Afrikanistik, Band 1. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.

Heine, B. and W. J. G. Möhlig. 1980. Language and dialect atlas of Kenya, 1: Geographical and historical introduction, language and society, selected bibliography. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.

Hellwig, B. 2019. A grammar of Qaqet. Mouton Grammar Library 79. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Hendriks, B. 2008. Jordanian Sign Language: Aspects of grammar from a cross-linguistic perspective. Ph.D. dissertation, Universiteit van Amsterdam.

Hentz, J. G. and M. Hasselmann. 2010. Transculturalité, religion, traditions autour de la mort en réanimation. In L. Puybasset, (ed), Enjeux éthiques en réanimation, pp. 297–305. Paris: Springer.

Hercus, L.A. 1986. Victorian languages: A late survey. Pacific Linguistics B-77. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Hercus, L. A. and P. A. Austin. 2004. The Yarli languages. In C. Bowern and H. Koch (eds.), Australian Languages: Classification and the Comparative Method, pp. 207–222. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Herin, B. 2016. Elements of Domari dialectology. Mediterranean Language Review 23:33–73.

Hermer, S. R. 2013. Tracing the Melanesian person: Emotions and relationships in Lihir. Adelaide: University of Adelaide Press.

Hermer, S. R. 2016. Sensual feasting: transforming spaces and emotions in Lihir. In S. R. Hermer and A. Dundon (eds.), Emotions, senses, spaces: Ethnographic engagements and intersections, pp. 91–105. Adelaide: University of Adelaide Press.

Herweijer, M. and J.H. Jans. 2009. Nedersaksisch waar het kan. Groningen: Rijksuniversiteit.

Hessmann, J. 1992. News from Germany. Signpost: the newsletter of the International Sign Linguistics Association 3(5):51–53.

Hetzron, R. (ed.). 1997. The Semitic languages. New York: Routledge.

Hildebrandt, K. and J. Perry. 2011. Preliminary notes on Gyalsumdo, an undocumented Tibetan variety in Manang District, Nepal. Himalayan Linguistics 10(1):167–185. https://escholarship.org/uc/item/5gp5q3qt. Accessed 15 February 2018.

Hiley, R., R. Gray, and T. Retsema. 2015. A sociolinguistic profile of the Biage language group. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2015-011. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/62179.

Himmelmann, N. P. 2001. Sourcebook on Tomini-Tolitoli languages: General information and word lists. Pacific Linguistics 511. Canberra: Australian National University.

Hinton, B. 2000. The languages of Wetar: Recent survey results and word lists with notes on Tugun grammar. In C. E. Grimes (ed.), Spices from the east: Papers in languages of eastern Indonesia, pp. 105–139. Pacific Linguistics 503. Canberra: Australian National University.

Hinton, L. 1994. Flutes of fire: Essays on California Indian languages. Berkeley: Heyday Books.

Hinton, L. 2007. Languages of California. In O. Miyaoka, O. Sakiyama, and M. E. Krauss (eds.), The vanishing languages of the Pacific Rim, pp. 442–459. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hitchcock, G. 2004. Wildlife is our gold: Political ecology of the Torassi River Borderland, southwest Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Queensland.

Hochgesang, J. A. and K. McAuliff. 2016. An initial description of the Deaf community in Haiti and Haitian Sign Language (LSH). Sign Language Studies 16(2):227–294.

Hofer, T. 2017. Is Lhasa Tibetan Sign Language emerging, endangered, or both? International Journal of the Sociology of Language 2017(245):113–145.

Hofer, T. 2024. ‘Gesture and Sign Languages in Tibet and the Greater Himalayas’, In K. Hildebrandt, D. Peterson, Y. Modi, and H. Suzuki (eds.), The Oxford guide to the Tibeto-Burman languages. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hoffman, M. S. (ed.). 1991. World almanac and book of facts. Mahwah, NJ: World Almanac Books.

Holes, C. 1988. The typology of Omani Arabic dialects, Proceedings of the BRISMES International Conference on Middle Eastern Studies, pp. 12–21. Leeds: University of Leeds.

Holes, C. 1990. Gulf Arabic. New York: Routledge.

Holm, J. A. 1989. Pidgins and Creoles. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Holmer, N. M. 1983. Linguistic survey of South-Eastern Queensland. Pacific Linguistics D-54. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Holmer, N. M. 1988. Notes on some Queensland Languages. Pacific Linguistics D-79. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Holton, G. 2014. Sketch of Western Pantar. In A. Schapper (ed.), The Papuan languages of Timor, Alor and Pantar, vol. 1: Sketch grammars, pp.1–61. Pacific Linguistics 644. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Holzknecht, S. 1988. Word taboo and its implications for language change in the Markham family of languages, Papua New Guinea. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 18:43–69.

Holzknecht, S. 1989. The Markham languages of Papua New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics C-115. Canberra: Australian National University.

Holzknecht, S. 1997. Musom morphology and grammar sketch. Pacific Linguistics D-89. Canberra: Australian National University.

Hölzl, A. and Y. Hölzl. 2019. Chinese Kyakala: The language and its sources. Paper given at international workshop “Using Manchu Sources,” Munich, September 17–18, 2019.

Honeyman, T. 2016. A grammar of Momu, a language of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University.

Hon L., F. Gobak, I. Agwom, J. Muniru and U. Nweke. 2014a. A sociolinguistic survey of the Kofyar (Koffiar) of Plateau State, Nigeria. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/archives/60718.

Honsberger, C., M. and I. Tupper. 2008. Introduction to the Kwomtari people and language. In M. Honsberger, C. Honsberger, and I. Tupper (eds.), Kwomtari phonology and grammar essentials, pp. 1–16. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 55. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: SIL-PNG Academic Publications.

Hooley, B. A. 1971. Austronesian languages of the Morobe District, Papua New Guinea. Oceanic Linguistics 10:79–151.

Hooley, B. A. and K. McElhanon. 1970. Languages of the Morobe District—New Guinea. In S. A. Wurm and D. C. Laycock (eds.), Pacific Linguistic studies in honour of Arthur Capell, pp. 1065–1094. Pacific Linguistics C-13. Canberra: Australian National University.

Hopkins, B. L. 1995. Contribution à une étude de la syntaxe Diola-Fogny. Ph.D. dissertation, Université Cheikh Anta Diop de Dakar.

Hopkins, J. 2013. Toward a further understanding of the extensibility of sign languages. M.A. Thesis, University of North Dakota.

Hopper, J. H. (ed.). 1967. Indians of Brazil in the twentieth century. ICR Studies 2. Washington, D. C.: Institute for Cross-Cultural Research.

Hoyer, K. 2004. The sociolinguistic situation of Finland-Swedish Deaf people and their language, Finland-Swedish Sign Language. In M. van Herreweghe and M. Vermeerbergen (eds.), To the lexicon and beyond: Sociolinguistics in European deaf communities, pp. 3–23. The sociolinguistics in deaf communities series. Washington, D. C.: Gallaudet University.

Hoyer, K. 2007. Albanian Sign Language: Language contact, international sign, and gesture. In D. Quinto-Pozos (ed.), Sign languages in contact, pp. 195–234. Washington, D. C.: Gallaudet University Press.

Huber, J. 2011. A grammar of Makalero, a Papuan language from East Timor. Ph.D. dissertation, LOT Dissertation Series 279, Netherlands National Graduate School of Linguistics, Leiden University. http://www.lotpublications.nl/a-grammar-of-makalero-a-grammar-of-makalero-a-papuan-language-of-east-timor.

Huber, J. 2017. Makalero and Makasae. In Schapper, A (ed.). The Papuan Languages of Timor, Alor and Pantar, vol. 2, pp. 267–351. Pacific Linguistics 655>. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Hudson, A. B. 1978. Linguistic relations among Bornean peoples with special reference to Sarawak, an interim report. Studies in Third World Societies 3:1–44.

Hudson, J. 1987. Languages of the Kimberley region. Broome, Western Australia: Catholic Education Kimberley Regional Office.

Huffman, F. E. 1976. The register problem in fifteen Mon-Khmer languages. In P. N. Jenner, L. C. Thompson, and S. Starosta (eds.), Austroasiatic studies, vol. 1. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publications 13, pp. 567–589. Honolulu: The University of Hawai’i Press.

Hugoniot, R. D. (ed.). 1970. A bibliographical index of the lesser known languages and dialects of India and Nepal. Kathmandu: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Hurlbut, H. M. 2003. A preliminary survey of the signed languages of Malaysia. In A. Baker, B. van den Bogaerde, and O. A. Crasborn, Cross-linguistic perspectives in sign language research: Selected papers from TISLR 2000, pp. 31–46. Hamburg: Signum.

Hurlbut, H. M. 2012. A lexicostatistic survey of the signed languages in Nepal. SIL Electronic Survey Report 2012-021. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/48674.

Huteson, G. 2005. Report on language proficiency, language use, and language attitudes among the Puyuma. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2005-001. Dallas: SIL International. http://www-01.sil.org/silesr/2005/silesr2005-001.pdf. Accessed 15 August 2017.

Hutterer, C. J. 1969. Theoretical and practical problems of Western Yiddish dialectology. In M. I. Herzog, W. Ravid, and U. Weinreich (eds.) The field of Yiddish, third collection. The Hague: Mouton.

Hynum, D. 2010. Ergative in Numanggang. In J. Hooley (ed.), Papers on six languages of Papua New Guinea, pp. 129–156. Pacific Linguistics 617. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Hyslop, C. 2001. The Lolovoli dialect of the North-East Ambae language, Vanuatu. Pacific Linguistics 515. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Ichihashi-Nakayama, K., Y. Yumitani, and A. Y. Yamamoto. 2007. Languages of the Southwest United States. In O. Miyaoka, O. Sakiyama, and M. E. Krauss (eds.), The vanishing languages of the Pacific Rim, pp. 460–474. Oxford linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Ichihashi-Nakayama, K. 2004. Grammatacization of ‘to’ and ‘away’: A unified account of -k and -m in Hualapai. In E. Contini-Morava, R. S. Kirsner, and B. Rodríguez-Bachiller (eds.), Cognitive and communicative approaches to linguistic analysis, pp. 261–276. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Idiata, D. F. 2007. Les langues du Gabon: Donnees en vue de l’elaboration d’un atlas linguistique. Paris: L’Harmattan.

Idris, M. S. 2005. Tigré dialects. Journal of Eritrean Studies 5(1):45–73.

Idris, M. S. 2010. Is Dahalik a dialect of Tigré? In G. Lusini (ed.), Proceedings of the international workshop on history and language of the Tigré-speaking peoples. Studi Africanisti: Serie Etiopica 8. Naples: Università degli studi di Napoli “L’orientale.

Ilai, D. S. 2012. Simbu’s untold tales: A case study on oral stories in Tabare language. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 30(2):60–67.

IMA. 1997. Peoples of India. Chennai, India: India Missions Association.

Ingham, B. 1982. Northeast Arabian dialects. London: Kegan Paul International.

Ingham, B. 1994. Najdi Arabic: Central Arabian. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Ingram, A. 2001. Anamuxra: a language of Madang Province, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Sydney.

Institut de Linguistique Appliquée. 1983. Atlas linguistique Kwa de Côte d‘Ivoire. Abidjan, Côte d‘Ivoire: Université d’Abidjan, Institut de Linguistique Appliquée.

Institut Géographique International. 1977. Atlas national du Senegal. Paris: Institut Géographique International.

Instituto Cervantes. 2017. El Español: Una lengua viva. Informe 2017. Madrid: Instituto Cervantes. https://cvc.cervantes.es/lengua/espanol_lengua_viva/pdf/espanol_lengua_viva_2017.pdf.

Instituto Cervantes. 2019. El Español: Una lengua viva. Informe 2019. Madrid: Instituto Cervantes. https://cvc.cervantes.es/lengua/espanol_lengua_viva/pdf/espanol_lengua_viva_2019.pdf.

Instituto Cervantes. 2021. El Español: Una lengua viva. Informe 2021. Madrid: Instituto Cervantes. https://cvc.cervantes.es/lengua/espanol_lengua_viva/pdf/espanol_lengua_viva_2021.pdf.

Instituto Socioambiental. 2020. Ingarikó. https://pib.socioambiental.org/pt/Povo:Ingarikó.

International Disability Network. 2004. International Disability Rights Monitor (IDRM): Regional Report of the Americas. Chicago: International Disability Network. http://bbi.syr.edu/publications/blanck_docs/2003-2004/IDRM_Americas_2004.pdf. Accessed 8 February 2016.

International Organization for Migration (IOM). 2019. Migration in Nepal: Country Profile 2019. Kathmandu: International Organization for Migration.

Iroko, A. F. 1995. Notes sur les peuples d’origine Edo en République populaire du Bénin du XVIIIe au XXe siècle. Afrika Zamani: An Annual Journal of African History 3:105–120.

Ishtiaq, M. 1999. Language shifts smong the scheduled tribes in India: A geographical study. MLBD Series in Linguistics 13. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers.

ISO. 2007. ISO 639-3:2007: Codes for the representation of names of languages—Part 3: Alpha-3 code for comprehensive coverage of languages. Geneva: International Organization for Standardization.

ISO. 2023. ISO 639: Code for individual languages and language groups. 2nd edition, 2023-11. Geneva: International Organization for Standardization.

Izadi, M. 1992. The Kurds: A concise handbook. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Jackson, S. J. 2015. Indigenous sign language of far north Queensland. Learning Communities: International Journal of Learning in Social Contexts 16:92–99.

Jacobs, B. 2009. The Upper Guinea origins of Papiamentu: Linguistic and historical evidence. Diachronica 26(3):319–379.

Jacques, G. and A. Lahaussois, B. Michailovsky, and D. B. Rai. 2012. An overview of Khaling verbal morphology. Language and Linguistics 13:1095–1170.

Jacquesson, F. 2015. Persons and grammar in Meyor. In M. W. Post, S. Morey, and S. Delancey (eds.), Language and culture in northeast India and beyond: In honor of Robbins Burling, pp. 100–113. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Jacquot, A. 1971. Les langues du Congo-Brazzaville. Inventaire et classification. Cahiers de l’Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique d’Outre-Mer (ORSTOM), serie sciences humaines 8(4):349–357.

Jacquot, A. 1978. Le Gabon. In D. Barreteau (ed.), Inventaire des études linguistiques sur les pays d’afrique noire d’expression française et sur Madagascar, pp. 493–503. Paris: Conseil International de la Langue Française.

Jaeger, M. 2008. Indigenous efforts to revitalize and digitize the Nubian languages. Sudan Studies Association Newsletter 26(3):13–22.

Jakobi, A. and A. Hamdan. 2015. Number marking on Karko nouns. Dotawo: a Journal of Nubian Studies 2(13):271–289.

Janhunen, J. (ed.). 2003. The Mongolic languages. London: Routledge.

Janhunen, J. 1989. A Sino-Finnish joint expedition to the minority nationalities of northern China. Suomalais-Ugrilaisen Seuran Aikakauskiria 82:277–279.

Jankiewicz, S., N. Knyaginina, and F. Prina. 2020. Linguistic rights and education in the republics of the Russian Federation: Towards unity through uniformity. Review of Central and East European Law 45(1):59–91.

Jaquith, J. R. 1970. The present status of the Uto-Aztekan languages of Mexico: An index of data bearing on their survival, geographical location and internal relationships. Greeley, Colorado: Museum of Anthropology, University of Northern Colorado.

Jaraisi, M. 2021. Language contact in Kufr Qassem Deaf community: Intra- and inter-modal language contact. M.A. thesis, Bar-Ilan University.

Jarque, M. J., M. Bosch-Baliarda, and M. González. 2019. Legal recognition and regulation of Catalan Sign Language. In De Meulder, J. Murray, and R. McKee (eds). The legal recognition of sign languages: Advocacy and outcomes around the world ch. 17. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Jastrow, O. 1978. Die Mesopotamisch-Arabischen qeltu-Dialekte. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner GmbH.

Jastrow, O. 2015. The position of Mardin Arabic in the Mesopotamian-Levantine dialect continuum. In L. Edzard (ed.), Arabic and Semitic linguistics contextualized: A festschrift for Jan Retsö, pp. 177–189. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag.

Jendraschek, G. 2012. A grammar of Iatmul. Postdoctoral thesis, University of Regensburg. https://www.academia.edu/1247243/A_grammar_of_Iatmul.

Jenkins, R. S. 2005. Language contact and composite structures in New Ireland. SIL International Publications in Language Use and Education 4. Dallas: SIL International.

Jen-kuei Li, P. 2013. The last text of the last Pazih speaker. In Guangshun Cao, H. Chappell, R. Djamouri and T. Wiebusch (eds.), Breaking down the barriers: Interdisciplinary studies in Chinese linguistics and beyond, vol. 2, pp. 1135–1147. Language and Linguistics Monograph Series 50. Taipei: Institute of Linguistics, Academia Sinica.

Jepson, K. 2014. Intonational marking of focus in Torau. In Gawne L. and J. Vaughan (eds), Selected papers from the 44th Conference of the Australian Linguistic Society, pp. 261–282. Adelaide: Australian Linguistic Society.

Jiafa Ji. 1994. Yi language dialect study: Project of the National Social Sciences. Beijing: Minzu Press.

Jie, D. 2007. Bumang language research. Research into newly discovered languages of China, series D. Beijing: People’s Publishing House.

Johnson, R. and J. Johnson. 2016. Distinction between West Bengal Sign Language and Indian Sign Language on statistical assessment. Sign Language Studies 16(4):473–499.

Johnston, T. 2004. W(h)ither the Deaf community? Population, genetics and the future of Australian Sign Language. American Annals of the Deaf 148(5):358–375.

Johnstone, P. 1993. Operation world. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House.

Johnstone, P. and J. Mandryk. 2001. Operation world. Waynesboro: Paternoster Lifestyle.

Johnstone, T. M. 1967. Eastern Arabian dialect studies. London: Oxford University Press.

Jolly, L. 1989. Aghu Tharrnggala, a language of the Princess Charlotte Bay region of Cape York Peninsula. B.A. honours thesis, University of Queensland.

Jones, R. B. 1988. Proto-Burmese as a test of reconstruction. In C. Duncan-Rose and T. Vennemann (eds.), On Language+ Rhetorica, phonologica, syntactica: A festschrift for Robert P Stockwell, pp. 203–211. London and New York: Routledge.

Jordan, L., H. Mohammed, and J. Netzley. 2015. Sociolinguistic Survey of the Shabo of Ethiopia. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2015-019. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/64412. Accessed 20 February 2017.

Jordan-Diller, K. and J. Diller. 2004. The Prai of Northern Thailand: A sociolinguistic survey of a Mon-Khmer language. Mon-Khmer Studies 34:19–45.

Jorgensen, D. 2006. Hinterland history: The Ok Tedi mine and its cultural consequences in Telefolmin. The Contemporary Pacific 18(2):233–63.

Joswig, A. 2019. The Majang language. Ph.D. dissertation, Leiden University.

Jungraithmayr, H. 1981. Inventaire des langues tchadiques. In G. Manessy (ed.), Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne 1: Les langues de l’Afrique Subsaharienne, pp. 407–413. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).

Kamarah, S. U. 2001. The educational system of Sierra Leone. In Gale Group (ed.), World education encyclopedia 3. Detroit: Schirmer Books.

Kamasungua, R. 2014. The endangerment of the Yui language. Paper presented at the 3rd Workshop on the Languages of Papua, Manokwari, West Papua, January 2014. https://indoling.com/wlp/3/abstracts/Kamasungua.pdf.

Kantchoa, L. 2006. Description de la langue moba : Approche synchronique. Thèse de doctorat, Université de Lomé.

Kapitonov, I. 2019. A grammar of Kunbarlang. Doctoral dissertation, University of Melbourne.

Kara, G. 1990. Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher. Internationale Zeitschrift für Nord-Eurasien 62:167–168.

Kashima, E. 2020. Language in my mouth: Linguistic variation in the Nmbo speech community of southern New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University.

Kashyap, Abhishek. 2014. The Bajjika language and speech community. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 227:209–224.

Kassell, A., B. MacKenzie, and M. Potter. 2017. Three Arafundi languages: A sociolinguistic profile of Andai, Nanubae, and Tapei. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2017-003. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/74262.

Kassell, A., P. Lambrecht, M. Potter, and S. Tucker. 2008. The sociolinguistic situation of the Uyajitaya [duk] language. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2008-019. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9137.

Kassell, A., P. Lambrecht, M. Potter, and S. Tucker. 2009. The sociolinguistic profile of the Waube [kop] language. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2009-017. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9140.

Kassell, A. 2012. A sociolinguistic profile of the Kaninuwa language group [wat]. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2012-035. Dallas: SIL International. https://pnglanguages.sil.org/resources/archives/50816.

Kassell, A. and M. Potter. 2009. The sociolinguistic situation of the Lala language. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2009-013. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.silpacific.org/resources/archives/9231.

Kassell, A. and M. Potter. 2011. A sociolinguistic profile of the Abadi Language group. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2011-30. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/41626 Accessed 16 February 2015.

Kassell, A. and P. Lambrecht. 2012. A sociolinguistic profile of the West and North Goodenough groups. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2012-24. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/50141.

Kastner, I. et al. 2014. The emergence of embedded structure: insights from Kafr Qasem Sign language. Frontiers in Psychology 5(525):1–15.

Kawi, D., M. R. M. T. Lauder, B. Aritonang, N. Martis, Ayatrohaedi, F. A. Datang, H. Astar, and W. Kurniawati. 2002. Penelitian Kekerabatan dan Pemetaan Bahasa-bahasa daerah di Indonesia: Provinsi Kalimantan Timur. Jakarta: Pusat Bahasa.

Kaye, A. S. 1987. Arabic. In B. Comrie (ed.), The world’s major languages, pp. 664–685. London: Croom Helm.

Kaye, A. S. 1988. Review of Benabdi, Linda C. Lexical expansion in the Maghrib: the functional linguistics corpus. Language 64(1):210.

Kedrebeogo, G., Z. Yago, and T. Hien. 1988. Burkina Faso: Carte linguistique. Ouagadougou, Burkina Faso: Institut Géographique du Burkina and Institut de Recherche des Sciences Sociales et Humaines.

Kelly, P. 2012. The morphosyntax of a created language of the Philippines: Folk linguistic effects and the limits of relexification. In M. Ponsonnet, L. Dao and M. Bowler (eds.), Proceedings of the 42nd Australian Linguistic Society conference, Australian National University, Canberra, 2–4 December 2011. Canberra: Australian National University.

Kemaloglu, Y. K. and P. Y. Kemaloglu. 2012. The history of sign language and deaf education in Turkey. Kulak Burun Bogaz Ihtis Derg (Journal of ear, nose, and throat) 22(2):65–76.

Kendon, A. 1980a. A description of a deaf-mute sign language from the Enga Province of Papua New Guinea with some comparative discussion. Part I: The formational properties of Enga signs. Semiotica 31(1/2):1–34.

Kendon, A. 2015. Some characteristics of Australian Aboriginal sign languages with hints for further questions for exploration. Learning Communities: International Journal of Learning in Social Contexts 16:6–13.

Kenneth, R. 2015. Land for agriculture–silent women: Mens’ voices. In A. J. Regan and H. M. Griffin (eds.), Bougainville before the conflict, pp. 364–387. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Kev Chanvuty and Ly Vanna. 2009. Lao and Thai ethnic groups in Cambodia. In Hean Sokhom, Ethnic Groups in Cambodia. Phnom Penh: Center for Advanced Study.

Khun, M. 2019. A phonological and lexical comparison of Thor and Hakha. M.A. thesis, Payap University, Chiang Mai, Thailand.

Kibrik, A. E. 1991. The problem of endangered languages in the USSR. In R. H. Robins and E. M. Uhlenbeck (eds.), Endangered languages, pp. 257–273. Oxford: Berg Publishers.

Kiessling, R. and M. Mous. 2003. The lexical reconstruction of West-Rift Southern Cushitic. Cushitic Language Studies 21. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Kieviet, P. J. A. 2016. A grammar of Rapa Nui, the language of Easter Island. Ph.D. dissertation. Amsterdam: Vrije Universiteit.

Killian, D. 2009. Khoemana and the Griqua: Identity at the heart of phonological attrition. Master’s thesis, University of Helsinki.

Killian, D. 2015. Topics in Uduk phonology and morphosyntax. Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki.

King, J.K. 1984. The Dumpas language. In King, J. K. and King, J. W. (eds.), Languages of Sabah: A survey report, Pacific Linguistics C-78, pp. 231–235. Canberra: Australian National University.

King, J. K. and J. W. King (eds.). 1984. Languages of Sabah: A survey report. Pacific Linguistics C-78. Canberra: Australian National University.

Kinkade, M. D. 1991. The decline of native languages in Canada. In R. H. Robins and E. M. Uhlenbeck (eds.), Endangered languages, pp. 157–176. Oxford and New York: Berg Publishers.

Kisch, S. 2012. Demarcating generations of signers in the dynamic sociolinguistic landscape of a shared sign-language: The case of the Al-Sayyid Bedoin. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities: Anthropological and linguistic insights, pp. 87–125. Sign Language Typology 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Klamer, M. and M. A. F. Klamer. 2010. A grammar of Tewa. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Kloss, H. 1978. Die Entwicklung neuer germanischer Kultursprachen von 1800 bis 1850. Munich: Pohl.

Kloss, H. and G. D. McConnell (eds.). 1974. Linguistic composition of the nations of the world. Central and Western South Asia, vol. 1. Sainte-Foy: Les Presses de l’Université Laval.

Kluge, A. 2014. A grammar of Papuan Malay. Ph.D. dissertation, LOT Dissertation Series, no. 361, Netherlands National Graduate School of Linguistics, Leiden University. http://www.lotpublications.nl/a-grammar-of-papuan-malay-a-grammar-of-papuan-malay.

Knauft, B. 2016. The Gebusi: Lives transformed in a rainforest world, 4th ed. Long Grove: Waveland Press.

Koceski, S. and N. Koceska. 2015. Development and evaluation of a 3D virtual tutor for Macedonian Sign language. In Proceedings of the international conference on information technology and development of education (ITRO 2015), June 2015, Zrenjanin, Republic of Serbia, pp. 273–277.

Koentjaraningrat, R. M. (ed.). 1971. Manusia dan kebudayaan di Indonesia. Jakarta: Djambatan.

Koni Muluwa, J. and K. Bostoen. 2015. Lexique comparé des langues bantu du Kwilu. Grammatical analyses of African languages 48. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Kooij, J. G. 1987. Dutch. In B. Comrie (ed.), The world’s major languages, pp. 139–156. London: Croom Helm.

Koryakov, Y. B. 2006. Атлас кавказских языков. Moscow: Institute of Linguistics, Russian Academy of Sciences.

Kossmann, M. 2007. Grammatical borrowing in Tasawaq. In Y. Matras and J. Sakel (eds.), Grammatical borrowing in cross-linguistic perspective, pp. 75–89. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.

Koul, O. and R. Schmidt. 1983. Kashmiri: A sociolinguistic survey. Delhi: Madaan Publishers.

Kramer, B. 2016. Felix Aripa, beloved elder of the Coeur d’Alene Tribe, dies at 93. Spokane: The Spokesman-Review. http://www.spokesman.com/stories/2016/sep/16/felix-aripa-beloved-elder-of-the-coeur-dalene-trib/#/0. Accessed 15 February 2018.

Krauss, M. E. 1997. The indigenous languages of the North: A report on their present state. In H. Shoji and J. Janhunen (eds.), Northern minority languages: Problems of survival, pp. 1–34. Osaka and Fairbanks: National Museum of Ethnology and Alaska Native Language Center, University of Alaska Fairbanks.

Krauss, M. E. 2007. Native languages of Alaska. In O. Miyaoka, O. Sakiyama, and M. E. Krauss (eds.), The vanishing languages of the Pacific Rim, pp. 406–417. Oxford linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Krausse, D. 2016. A brief grammar of the Eastern Atadei language of Lembata, Indonesia. Linguistik Indonesia 34:113–128.

Krell, A. 2012. Rapid sociolinguistic appraisal among Ama, Karko, and Wali language groups: Southern Kordofan, Sudan. Electronic Survey Reports 2012-023.

Kroeger, P. 2005. Kimaragang. In A. Adelaar and N. P. Himmelman (eds.), The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar, pp. 397–428. London: Routledge.

Kroeger, P. R. 1985. Linguistic relations among the Dusunic groups in the Kota Marudu District. Borneo Research Bulletin 17(1):31–46.

Kroeger, P. R. 1986. Intelligibility patterns in Sabah and the problem of prediction. In P. A. Geraghty, L. Carrington, and S. A. Wurm (eds.), FOCAL I: Papers from the Fourth International Congress on Austronesian Linguistics, pp. 309–339. Pacific Linguistics C-93. Canberra: Australian National University.

Kroon, Y.B. 2016. A grammar of Solor-Lamaholot: a language of Flores, eastern Indonesia. Doctoral dissertation, University of Adelaide.

Kropp Dakubu, M. E. and D. Kropp (eds.). 1988. The languages of Ghana. International African Institute/Paul Kegan.

Kruspe, N. 2009. Loanwords in Ceq Wong, an Austroasiatic language of Peninsular Malaysia. In M. Haspelmath and U. Tadmor (eds.), Loanwords in the world’s languages, pp. 659–685. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Kruspe, N. 2010. A dictionary of Mah Meri as spoken at Bukit Bangkong. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication 36. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Kubus, O. and A. Hohenberger. 2011. The phonetics and phonology of TID (Turkish Sign Language) bimanual alphabet. In R. Channon and H. van der Hulst (eds.), Formational units in sign languages, pp. 43–63. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton and Nijmegen: Ishara Press.

Kuhn, N. Š., T. A. Ciciliani, and R. B. Wilbur. 2006. Phonological parameters in Croatian Sign Language. In R. B. Wilbur (ed.), Investigating understudied sign languages - Croatian SL and Austrian SL, with comparison to American SL, pp. 33–70. Sign Language and Linguistics, special issue 9. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Kuku, N. A. 2012. Laru vowel harmony. In R. Norton (ed.), Occasional papers on the study of Sudanese languages 10, pp. 17–34. Nairobi: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/archives/56351. Accessed 26 January 2016.

Kulick, D. and A. Terrill. 2019. A grammar and dictionary of Tayap: The life and death of a Papuan Language. Pacific Linguistics 661. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Kumar, P. 2012. Descriptive and typological study of Jarawa. Ph.D. dissertation, Center for Linguistics, School of Language, Literature, and Cultural Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.

Kung, S. S. 2007. A descriptive grammar of Huehuetla Tepehua. Ph.D. dissertation. University of Texas at Austin.

Kunju, H. W. 2017. IsiXhosa ulwimi lwabantu abangesosininzi eZimbabwe: ukuphila nokulondolozwa kwaso [Xhosa is the language of the minority people in Zimbabwe: its survival and preservation]. Doctoral dissertation, Rhodes University.

Kupčinskas, D. 1999. Issues in standardizing Lithuanian Sign Language. Lituanus: Lithuanian quarterly journal of Arts and Sciences 45(1):17–20. http://www.lituanus.org/1999/99_1_03.htm. Accessed 13 February 2017.

Küspert, K. 2015. The Mao and Komo languages in the Begi–Tongo area in western Ethiopia: classification, designations, distribution. Linguistic Discovery 13(1):1–63. http://journals.dartmouth.edu/cgi-bin/WebObjects/Journals.woa/1/xmlpage/1/article/447. Accessed 12 January 2018.

Kusters, A. 2012. “The Gong Gong Was Beaten” —Adamorobe: a “deaf village” in Ghana and its marriage prohibition for deaf partners. Sustainability 4(10):2765–2784. http://www.mdpi.com/2071-1050/4/10/2765.

Kwaik, K. A., M. Saad, S. Chatzikyriakidis, and S. Dobnika. 2018. A lexical distance study of Arabic dialects. Procedia Computer Science 142:2–13.

Laakso, J., A. Sarhimaa, S. S. Åkermark, and R. Toivanen. 2013. Summary of the research project ELDIA (European Language Diversity for All. Vienna: University of Vienna. https://phaidra.univie.ac.at/detail_object/o:304815. Accessed 16 February 2015.

Labrada, R., J. Emilio, T. Chacon, and F. Medina. 2020. Arutani (Venezuela and Brazil) — Language Snapshot. Language Documentation and Description17:170–177.

Lacrampe, S. 2014. Lelepa: Topics in the grammar of a Vanuatu language. Doctoral dissertation, Australian National University.

Ladefoged, P., R. Glick, and C. Criper. 1972. Language in Uganda. Ford Foundation language surveys, vol. 4. London: Oxford University Press.

de La Fontinelle, J. 1976. La langue de Houailou, Nouvelle-Calédonie: Description phonologique et description syntaxique. Paris: Société d’Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France.

Lahe-Deklin, F. and A. Si. 2014. Ex-situ documentation of ethnobiology. Language Documentation and Conservation 8:788–809.

Lal, M. (ed.). 1991. Navaratri to Sarvasena. New Delhi: Sahitya.

Lambert-Brétière, R. 2018. Landmarks and Kwoma identity. In S. Drude, N. Ostler, and M. Moser (eds.), Endangered languages and the land: Mapping landscapes of multilingualism, Proceedings of FEL XXII/2018 (Reykjavík, Iceland), pp. 19–25. London: Foudation for Endangered Languages and Endangered Languages Publishing.

Lamberti, M. 1986. Map of Somali dialects in the Somali Democratic Republic. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Lambrecht, P., A. Kassell, and M. Potter. 2015. The sociolinguistic situation of the Galeya language group. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2015-022. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.silpacific.org/resources/archives/63662.

Lampropoulou, V. 1994. The history of deaf education in Greece. In C.J. Erting et al (eds.), The Deaf way: Perspectives from the International Conference on Deaf Culture, pp. 239–249. Washington DC: Gallaudet University Press.

Lancey, D. F. and C. A. J. Little. 2016. How do children become workers? Making sense of conflicting accounts of cultural transmission in anthropology and psychology. ETHOS 44(3):269–288.

Landaburu, J. 1976. El tratamiento gramatical de la verdad en la lengua andoque. Revista Colombiana de Antropología 20:79–100.

Landerman, P. 1982. Las sibilantes castellanas, quechuas y aimaras en el siglo XVI: Un enigma tridimensional. In R. Cerrón-Palomino (ed.), Aula quechua, pp. 203–234. Lima: Ediciones Signo.

Landweer, L. M. 2010. Land-language link. In. K. A. McElhanon and G. Reesink (eds.), A mosaic of languages and cultures: Studies celebrating the career of Karl J. Franklin, pp. 351–380. SIL e-books 19. Dallas: SIL International.

Lane, A. 2021. Presentation Sisters follow Nano Nagle’s inspiration in Papua New Guinea. Global Sisters Report, 15 November 2021. https://www.globalsistersreport.org/news/religious-life/column/presentation-sisters-follow-nano-nagles-inspiration-papua-new-guinea.

Lanesman, S. 2016. Algerian Jewish Sign Language: Its emergence and survival. Lancaster, UK: Ishara Press.

Lanesman, S. and I. Meir. 2012a. Algerian Jewish Sign Language: A sociolinguistic sketch. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities: Anthropological and linguistic insights, pp. 361–364. Sign Language Typology 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Lanesman, S. and I. Meir. 2012b. The survival of Algerian Jewish Sign Language alongside Israeli Sign Language in Israel. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities: Anthropological and linguistic insights, pp. 153–179. Sign Language Typology 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Larish, M. D. 2005. Moken and Moklen. In A. Adelaar and N. P. Himmelman (eds.), The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar, pp. 513–533. London: Routledge.

Larsen, T. W. 1984. Case markings and subjecthood in Kipeá Kirirí. In Subordination. Proceedings of the annual meeting o f the Berkeley Linguistics Society 10, pp. 189–205. Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Linguistics Society.

Larsson, G., B. Welin, and U. Welin. 2008. Hur många talar älvdalska idag? Paper presented at the Second Conference on Elfdalian, 12–14 June 2008, Älvdalen, Sweden.

Laskowske, T. V. and K. B. Laskowske. 1987. Seko area (Kabupaten Luwu). In T. Friberg (ed.), Universitas Hasanuddin-SIL South Sulawesi sociolinguistic surveys, 1983–1987, pp. 41–57. Workpapers in Indonesian Languages and Cultures 5. Ujung Pandang: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Lastra, Y. 2006. Los Otomies – Su lengua y su historia. Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México, Instituto de investigaciones Antropológicas.

Lauder, M. RMT and A. F. Lauder. 2017. Language change and endangerment in West Java: recent dialectology research. In Proceedings of the International Seminar on Sociolinguistics and Dialectology 2017, pp. 8–18. Depok, West Java: Universitas Indonesia.

Lebar, F. M., G. C. Hickey, and J. K. Musgrave. 1964. Ethnic groups of mainland Southeast Asia. New Haven: Human Relations Area Files Press.

Lébikaza, K. 2004. Pronom, nominal et prédicat possessif dans le gurunsi oriental et en miyobé. Annales de l’université de Lomé, série Lettres et Sciences Humaines 24:193–205.

Leclerc, J. 2011. Îles Fidji. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/pacifique/fidji.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2014a. Guinée-Conakry. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/afrique/guinee_franco.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2014c. Turquie: Situation générale. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/asie/turquie_1general.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2015b. France. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. https://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/europe/france-1demo.htm. Accessed 17 March 2016.

Leclerc, J. 2017a. Arménie. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/asie/armenie1-genrl.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2017b. Azerbaïdjan. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/asie/azerbaidjan1.gnrl.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2017d. Birmanie (Myanmar). L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/asie/birmanie.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2017e. Kazakhstan. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/asie/kazakhstan.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2017f. Lesotho. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/afrique/lesotho.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2017g. Sierra Leone. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/afrique/sierra_leone.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2018a. Israël. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/asie/israel-1demo.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2018c. Île Maurice. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/afrique/maurice.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2018e. Namibie. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. https://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/afrique/namibie.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2019a. Thaïlande. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/asie/thailande.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2019b. Turkménistan. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/asie/turkmenistan-1General.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2020a. Grèce. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/europe/grece-1Gnrl-demo.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2020b. Japon. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/asie/japon-1general.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2020c. Serbie. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/europe/serbie-1General.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2020d. Guyane française. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. https://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/amsudant/guyanefr2.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2020e. Biélorussie. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. https://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/europe/bielorussie1-general.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2021a. Jordanie. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. https://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/asie/jordanie.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2021b. Luxembourg. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. https://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/europe/luxembourg.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2022. Lettonie. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. https://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/europe/lettonie-1gnrl.htm.

Leclerc, J. 2023. Pays-Bas. L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Quebec City: CEFAN, Université Laval. https://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/europe/paysbas1-general.htm.

Lee, M., B. Rai, B. K. Rai, and C. Boone. 2005. Bayung Rai: A sociolinguistic survey. Kirtipur, Nepal: Centre for Nepal and Asian Studies, Tribhuvan University.

Leeson, L. and J. I. Saeed. 2012. Irish Sign Language. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Lefort, S. M. 2017. Haivaro Fasu modernity: Embodying, disembodying and re-Embodying relationships. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Melbourne.

Legère, K. 2012. Endangered languages in Africa: Focus on Tanzania’s Ngasa and Akie. In X. Shixuan, T. de Graaf, and C. Brassett (eds.). Issues of language endangerment, pp. 89–102. Beijing: Chinese Academy of Sciences.

Leider, J. P. 2008. Forging Buddhist credentials as a tool of legitimacy and ethnic identity: a study of Arakan’s subjection in nineteenth-century Burma. Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient 51:409–459.

Leisiö, L. 2006. Passive in Nganasan. In W. Abraham and L. Leisiö (eds.), Passivization and typology: Form and function, pp. 213–230. Typological Studies in Language 68. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Leitch, M. 2004. Langue et dialecte au sud du district d’Epena. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2004-007. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/silesr/abstract.asp?ref=2004-007. Accessed 15 October 2012.

Leitch, M. 2005. Aspects of multilingualism in the Lingala zone of Congo. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2005-010. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9195. Accessed 6 October 2016.

LePage, R. B. 1960. An historical introduction to Jamaican Creole. In R. B. LePage and D. DeCamp (eds). Jamaican Creole: Creole Language Studies 1. London: Macmillan.

LeRouvreur, A. 1989. Sahéliens et sahariens du Tchad. Bibliothèque Peiresc 6. Paris: L’Harmattan.

Levinson, S. C. 2006b. Parts of the body in Yélî Dnye, the Papuan language of Rossel Island. Language Sciences 28:221–240.

Levinson, S. C. 2015. Other-initiated repair in Yélî Dnye: Seeing eye-to-eye in the language of Rossel Island. Open Linguistics 1:386–410.

Lewis, E. D. and C. E. Grimes. 1995. Sika: An introduction and wordlist. In D. T. Tryon (ed.), Comparative Austronesian dictionary, part 1, pp. 601–609. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Lewis, M. P. 1999. Language (development) as particle, wave, and field. Notes on Sociolinguistics 4(1):3–19.

Lewis, M. P. and G. F. Simons. 2010. Assessing endangerment: Expanding Fishman’s GIDS. Revue Roumaine de Linguistique 55(2):103–120. http://www.lingv.ro/RRL%202%202010%20art01Lewis.pdf.

Lewis, M. P. and G. F. Simons. 2016. Sustaining language use: Perspectives on community-based language development. Dallas: SIL International.

Li, P. J. K. 1990. Classification of Formosan languages: Lexical evidence. The Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology, Academia Sinica 61(4):809–844.

Liang Min. 1990. The Buyang language. In J. A. Edmondson (ed.), Kadai: Discussion in Kadai and Southeast Asian linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 13–55. Arlington, TX: University of Texas at Arlington.

Liang Min and Zhang Junru. 2002. Study of the Biao language. Beijing: Central Nationalities University Press.

Lichtenberk, F. 2008. A grammar of Toqabaqita. Mouton Grammar Library 42. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.

Lieberson, S. 1981. Language diversity and language contact. Palo Alto: Stanford University Press.

Lienhard, R. and M. Giger. 2009. Document de référence pour la standardisation de la langue daba. Yaoundé: SIL Cameroon. https://www.sil.org/resources/archives/47565.

Li Fang-gui. 1973. Languages and dialects of China. Journal of Chinese Linguistics 1:1–13.

Li Fengxiang and L. J. Whaley. 2009. Oroqen vocabulary. In M. Haspelmath and T. Uri (eds.), Loanwords in the world’s languages, a comparative handbook, pp. 525–574. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Li Jinfang. 1997. Buyang language research. Beijing: Central Nationalities University Press.

Li Jinfang. 2006. A survey of endangered languages of the Southwest Region. Beijing: Central Nationalities University Press.

Liljegren, H. 2008. Towards a grammatical description of Palula: An Indo-Aryan language of the Hindu Kush. Stockholm: Department of Linguistics, Stockholm University.

Liljegren, H. 2013. Notes on Kalkoti: A Shina language with strong Kohistani influences. Linguistic Discovery 11:129–160.

Lim, S. 1981. Baba Malay, the language of the “Straits-born” Chinese. M.A. thesis, Monash University, Australia.

Lima, E. C. de. 2018. Katukina Pano. Povos Indígenas no Brasil. São Paulo: Instituto Socioambiental. https://pib.socioambiental.org/en/Povo:Katukina_Pano.

Lin, K. 2022. A basic description of Yilan Creole phonology: With a special focus on the Aohua dialect. Master’s thesis, Kyushu University.

Lindström, E. 2005. Literacy in a dying language: The case of Kuot, New Ireland, Papua New Guinea. Current Issues In Language Planning 6(2):200–223.

Lindström, E. 2008. Language complexity and interlinguistic difficulty. In M. Miestamo, K. Sinnemäki, and F. Karlsson (eds.), Language complexity: Typology, contact, change, pp. 217–242. Studies in Language Companion Series 94. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Lin Xiangrong. 1993. Jiarongyu yanjiu. Chengdu: Sichuan Nationality Press.

Litteral, R. 2004. Community and family based language policy: An Angor case study. READ 39(2):28–44.

Liu, D. T.-H. 2007. Basay nominal constructions. University of Hawai’i at Manoa Working Papers in Linguistics vol.38 no. 5.

Lobban, R., Jr. and P. Saucier. 2007. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Cape Verde. New York: Scarecrow Press.

Lobban, R. 1995. Cape Verde: Crioulo Colony To Independent Nation. Boulder, Colorado: Westview Press.

Lobel, J. W. 2004. Old Bikol -um- vs- mag- and the loss of a morphological paradigm. Oceanic Linguistics 43(2):469–497.

Lobel, J. W. 2005. The angry register of the Bikol languages of the Philippines. In Hsiu-chuan Liao and C. R. Galvez Rubino (eds.), Current issues in Philippine linguistics and anthropology: Parangal kay Lawrence A Reid, pp. 149–166. Manila: Linguistic Society of the Philippines and SIL Philippines.

Lobel, J. W. 2010. Manide: An undescribed Philippine language. Oceanic Linguistics 29(2):478–510.

Lobel, J. W. 2013a. Philippine and North Bornean languages: Issues in description, subgrouping, and reconstruction. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawai’i at Manoa.

Lobel, J. W. 2013b. Southwest Sabah revisited. Oceanic Linguistics 52(1):36–68.

Lobel, J. W. and A. T. Paputungan. 2017. Notes from the field: Another moribund language of Indonesia, with supporting audio. Language Documentation and Conservation 11:328–366.

Lock, A. 2008. Building a responsive life-embracing infrastructure for multilingual education—the Abau program of Papua New Guinea. Paper presented at The 2nd International Conference on Language Development, Language Revitalization, and Multilingual Education in Ethnolinguistic Communities, Bangkok, Thailand, July 2008.

Lock, A. H. 2011. Abau grammar. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 57. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Lingusitics.

Lohmann, R. I. 2000. Cultural reception in the contact and conversion history of the Asabano of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Wisconsin-Madison.

Lohmann, R. I. 2003. Turning the belly: Insights on religious conversion from New Guinea gut feelings. In A. Buckser and S. D. Glazier (eds.), The anthropology of religious conversion, pp. 109–121. Oxford: Rowman and Littlefield.

Lohmann, R. I. 2010. In the company of things left behind: Asabano mementos. Anthropological Forum 20(3):291–303.

Lohmann, R. I. 2014. A cultural mechanism to sustain peace: How the Asabano made and ended War. Anthropologica 56:285–300.

Longkumer, S. 2016. Growth of Nagamese in relation to indigenous Naga languages. In N. Ostler and P. Mohanty (eds.), FEL XX language colonization and endangerment: long-term effects, echoes and reactions, pp. 154–161. Hungerford: Foundation for Endangered Languages.

Longmailai, M. 2012. Personal Pronouns in Dimasa. In G. Hyslop, S. Morey, and M. Post (eds.), North East Indian linguistics, vol. 4, pp.104–118. New Delhi: Foundation Books.

Loos, E. E. 1973. Algunas implicaciones de la reconstrucción de un fragmento de la gramática del proto-pano. In E. E. Loos (ed.), Estudios Panos, pp. 263–282. Serie Lingüística Peruana 11. Yarinacocha, Peru: Instituto Lingüístico de Verano.

Lopis, J. 1980. Phonologie et morphologie nominale du Noon (parler de Ngente). Thèse de 3e cycle, Institut National des Langues et Civilisation Orientales.

Lorenzino, G. A. 1999. The Angolar Creole Portuguese of São Tomé: Its grammar and sociolinguistic history. Munich: Lincom Europa.

Loski, R. A. and G. M. Loski. 1989. The languages indigenous to Eastern Seram and adjacent islands. Workpapers in Indonesian Languages and Cultures 6:103–142.

Lothers, L. and M. D. Lothers. 2007. Pahari and Pothwari: A sociolinguistic survey. Frontier Language Institute Language and Culture Series 2. Peshawar, Pakistan: Frontier Language Institute.

Lotterman, J. and J. L. Mackenzie. 2005. Unexpected insertion or omission of an absolutive marker as an icon of a surprising turn of events in discourse. In C. de Groot and K. Hengeveld (eds.), Morphosyntactic expression in functional grammar, pp. 483–501. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.

Loukotka, C. 1968. Classification of South American Indian languages. Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles.

Louw, A. K. and I. van Schalkwyk. 2019. An exploration of the psychosocial wellbeing of the San community in Platfontein in the Northern Cape. Psychology Behavioral Science International Journal 13(4):555869.

Low Jarn May and P. Tay. 2016. A historical account of the Singapore Deaf community (1950s to present) - Shifting identities and language usage. Paper presented at the 5th World Federation of the Deaf Asia Conference, October 14–16, 2016, Singapore. http://phoebetay.weebly.com/a-historical-account-of-the-singapore-deaf-community-1950s-to-present—shifting-identities–language-usage.html. Accessed 24 January 2017.

Luangthongkum, T. 2010. Language change without collision: A glimpse at linguistic diversity in northern Thailand and southern Laos. Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences 2(5):6846–6857.

Lukas, J. 1937. A study of the Kanuri language: Grammar and vocabulary. London: Oxford University Press.

Lule, D. and L. Wallin. 2010. Transmission of sign languages in Africa. In D. Brentari (ed.) Sign Languages, pp. 113–130. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Lunsford, W. A., M. Z. Sagar, E. Ahmad, and A. Haider. 2020. Measuring the impact of using “The Guide” in six speech communities of Northern Pakistan. In D. M. Eberhard and S. A. Smith (eds.), Planning language use: Case studies in community-based language development. Dallas: SIL International. https://leanpub.com/planninglanguageuse.

Lutalo-Kiingi, and G. A. M. De Clerck. 2015. Ugandan Sign Language. In J. B. Jepsen, G. De Clerck, S. Lutalo-Kiingi, and W. B. McGregor (eds.), Sign languages of the world: A comparative handbook, pp. 811–840. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Lutkehaus, N. C. 1995. Zaria’s fire: Engendered moments in Manam ethnography. Durham: Carolina Academic Press.

Lynch, J. 2002a. Iaai. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 776–791. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Lynch, J. 2002b. Ulithian. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 792–803. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Lynch, J. 2002c. Puluwatese. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 804–814. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Lynch, J. and T. Crowley. 2001. Languages of Vanuatu: A new survey and bibliography. Pacific Linguistics 517. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Mabiala, J. 1996. Description phonologique du Kiyoombi (dialecte Kongo du Congo). Diplôme d’Etudes Supérieures (M.A. thesis). Brazzaville: Université Marien Ngouabi.

MacDonald, L. 2013. A dictionary of Tauya. Pacific Linguistics 638. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.

MacDougall, J. 2000. Access to justice for Deaf persons in Nunavut: Focus on signed languages. Report for the Research and Statistics Division, Department of Justice, Canada. http://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/rp-pr/aj-ja/rr00_17/index.html. Accessed 9 February 2016.

Mackie, L. 2006. Fragments of Piscataway: A preliminary description. M.A. thesis, Oxford University.

Maclean, N (collector). 1991. Maring language (PNG). Collection NM1, PARADESIC. https://dx.doi.org/10.4225/72/56E9759034885.

Maddieson, I. U. 1991. Utset: A Chamic tone language of Hainan. Paper presented at Sixth International Conference of Austronesian Linguistics. Honolulu.

Maho, J. F. 1998. Few people, many tongues: The languages of Namibia. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan.

Maho, J. F. and B. Sands, (eds.). 2002. The languages of Tanzania: A bibliography. Orientalia et africana gothoburgensia 17. Göteborg: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis.

Maibaum, A. and E. Strahm. 2005. Jirela-Nepālī-Aṅgrejī śabdakośa = Jirel - Nepali - English dictionary. Kirtipur, Kathmandu: Tribhuvan University, Centre for Nepal and Asian Studies.

Makhudu, K. D. P. 2002. An introduction to Flaaitaal (or Tsotsitaal). In R. Mesthrie (ed.), Language in South Africa, pp. 398–406. Cape Town: Cambridge University Press.

Makoni, S. and A. Pennycook (eds.). 2006. Disinventing and reconstituting languages. Bilingual education and bilingualism. Bristol, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Malau, C. 2016. A grammar of Vurës, Vanuatu. Pacific Linguistics 651. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Mallett, S. 2003. Conceiving cultures: Reproducing people and places on Nuakata, Papua New Guinea. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Malone, D. 2004. The in-between people: Language and culture maintenance and mother-tongue education in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Dallas: SIL International.

Manessy, G. (ed.). 1981. Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne. 1: Les langues de l’Afrique Subsaharienne. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).

Manessy, G. 1961. Le bwamu et ses dialectes. Publication de la Section de Langues et Litteraires 9. Dakar: Faculté des Lettres et Sciences Humaines.

Manessy, G. 1975. Les langues Oti-Volta: Classification généalogique d’un groupe des langues voltaïques. Paris: Société des Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France (SELAF).

Manessy, G. and S. Sauvageot. 1963. Wolof et Sérer: études de phonétique et de grammaire descriptive. Dakar: Université de Dakar, Faculté des Lettres et Sciences Humaines.

Manrique C., L. 1967. Jiliapan Pame. In R. Wauchope and N. McQuown (eds.), The handbook of Middle American Indians, vol 5, pp. 331–348. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Mansfield, J. 2019. Murrinhpatha morphology and phonology. Pacific Linguistics 653. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Manson, K. 2010. A grammar of Kayan, a Tibeto-Burman language. Ph.D. dissertation, LaTrobe University.

Manson, K. 2011. The subgrouping of Karen. Paper presented at the 21st Conference of the South East Asian Linguistics Society, May 11–13, 2011, Kasetsart University, Thailand.

Manu, I., D. Tarla, and G. Chefor. 2014. Effects of improved maize (Zea mays L.) varieties on household food security in the North West region of Cameroon. Scholarly Journal of Agricultural Science 4(5):265–272.

Marçais, P. 1977. Esquisse grammaticale de L’Arabe Maghrebin. Paris: Librairie d’Amerique et d’Orient.

Marcoux, R., L. Richard and A. Wolff. 2022. Estimation des francophones dans le monde en 2022: Sources et démarches méthodologiques. Note de recherche de l’ODSEF, Québec, Mars 2022. Quebec: Université Laval, Observatoire démographique et statistique de l’espace francophone.

Margetts, A. 2004. Core-layer junctures in Saliba. In I. Bril and F. Ozanne-Rivierre (eds.), Complex predicates in Oceanic languages: Studies in the dynamics of binding and boundness, pp. 65–88. Berlin: De Gruyter.

Marmion, D. E. 2010. Topics in the phonology and morphology of Wutung. Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University.

Marrison, G. E. 1967. The classification of the Naga languages of north east India. Ph.D. dissertation, University of London.

Marsaja, I. G. 2008. Desa Kolok: A deaf village and its sign language in Bali, Indonesia. Nijmegen: Ishara Press.

Marsh, A. 2008. Ethnicity and identity: Who are the Gypsies? In E. Uzpeder, S. Danova/Roussinova, S. Özçelik and S. Gökçen (eds.), We are here!: Discriminatory exclusion and struggle for rights of Roma in Turkey, pp. 21–30. Istanbul: European Roma Rights Centre.

Marshall, C. 2000. A phonological description of Fordata. In C. E. Grimes (ed.), Spices from the east: Papers in languages of eastern Indonesia, pp. 181–235. Pacific Linguistics 503. Canberra: Australian National University.

Martens, M. 1989. The Badaic languages of Central Sulawesi. In J. N. Sneddon (ed.), Studies in Sulawesi linguistics, part 1, pp. 19–53. NUSA: Linguistic Studies of Indonesian and Other Languages in Indonesia 31. Jakarta: Badan Penyelenggara Seri Nusa, Universitas Atma Jaya.

Martin, K. 2013. The death of the big men and the rise of the big shots: Custom and conflict in East New Britain. Oxford: Berghahn Books.

Martin, P. W., C. Oxog, and G. Poedjosoedarmo (eds.). 1996. Language use and language change in Brunei Darussalam. Athens: Ohio University Press.

Martin, P. W. 1995. Whither the indigenous languages of Brunei Darussalem? Oceanic Linguistics 34(1):27–43.

Martinez, P. A. 2019. Chhitkul-Rakchham (Himachal Pradesh, India)—Language snapshot. In Austin, P. K. (ed.), Language Documentation and Description 16, pp. 193–200. London: SOAS.

Martins, M., M. Morgado and V. Nyst. 2019. The contribution of emblematic gestures to the emerging sign language of Guinea-Bissau. Poster presented at the 13th International Conference on Theoretical Issues in Sign Language Research (TISLR 13), Hamburg, Germany, September 2019. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/341481800_The_contribution_of_emblematic_gestures_to_the_emerging_sign_language_of_Guinea-Bissau.

Masica, C. P. 1991. The Indo-Aryan languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Mason, J. A. 1940. The native languages of Middle America. In A. M. Tozzer (ed.) The Maya and their neighbors, pp.52–87. London: D. Appleton-Century Company.

Massone, M. 1995. Consideraciones semióticas y discursivas de la lengua de señas argentina. http://www.cultura-sorda.org/semiotica-y-discurso-lsa/.

Matisoff, J. A., S. P. Baron, and J. B. Lowe. 1996. Languages and dialects of Tibeto-Burman. Sino-Tibetan Etymological Dictionary and Thesaurus Monograph Series, no. 2. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Matisoff, J. A. 1991. Endangered languages of Mainland Southeast Asia. In R. H. Robins and E. M. Uhlenbeck (eds.), Endangered languages, pp. 189–228. Oxford: Berg Publishers.

Matras, Y. 1999. The state of present day Domari in Jerusalem. Mediterranean Language Review 11:1–58.

Matras, Y. 2019. Contact-induced change in Jerusalem Domari. In C. Lucas and S. Manfredi (eds.), Arabic and contact-induced change, pp. 195–216. Berlin: Language Science Press.

Matthias, W. 2011. Domaaki. In T. I. Oranskaia, Y. V. Mazurova, A. A. Kibrik, L. I. Kulikov, and A. Y. Rusakov (eds.), Iazyki mira: novye indoariiskie iazyki (Languages of the world: New Indo-Aryan languages), pp. 165–194. Moscow: Academia.

Maurer, P. 1995. L’Angolar. Un créole afro-portugais parlé à São Tomé; Notes de grammaire, textes, vocabulaires. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Mayers, M. K. (ed.). 1966. Languages of Guatemala. Janua Linguarum, Series Practica 23. The Hague: Mouton.

Mayeux, . 2019. Rethinking decreolization: Language contact and change in Louisiana Creole. Doctoral dissertation, University of Cambridge.

McCarus, E. N. 2009. Kurdish. In G. Windfuhr (ed.), The Iranian languages, pp. 587–633. Routledge Language Family Series. London and New York: Routledge.

McCaskill, C., C. Lucas, R. Bayley, and J. Hill. 2020. The hidden treasure of Black ASL: Its history and structure. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

McConnell, G. D. (ed.). 1995. The written languages of the world: A survey of the degree and modes of use. Quebec City: Laval University Press.

McConvell, P. and F. Meakins. 2005. Gurindji Kriol: A mixed language mmerges from code-switching. Australian Journal of Linguistics 25(1):9–30.

McConvell, P. and N. Thieberger. 2001. State of indigenous languages in Australia—2001. Australia State of the Environment Second Technical Paper Series (Natural and Cultural Heritage). Canberra: Department of the Environment and Heritage.

McCormick, K. 2009. Polarizing and blending: compatible practices in a bilingual urban community in Cape Town. In F. Mc Laughlin (ed.), The languages of urban Africa, pp. 191–209. Advances in Sociolinguistics 54. London: Continuum International Publishing Group.

McCrum, R., W. Cran, and R. MacNeil. 1986. The story of English. New York: Elisabeth Sifton Books, Viking.

McDowell, N. 1991. The Mundugumor: From the field notes of Margaret Mead and Reo Fortune. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press.

McElhanon, K. A. 1970. The Selepet language within the Finisterre-Huon phylum (New Guinea). Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University.

McElhanon, K. A. 1978. A classification of the languages of the Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea with the linguistic situation of individual villages. Canberra: Australian National University.

McGregor, W. 1988. Handbook of Kimberley languages, vol. 1, General information. Pacific Linguistics C-105. Canberra: Australian National University.

McGregor, W. and A. Rumsey. 2009. Worrorran revisited: The case for genetic relations among languages of the Northern Kimberley Region of Western Australia. Pacific Linguistics 600. Canberra: Australian National University.

McGregor, W. B., J. B. Niemelä, and J. B. Jepsen. 2015. Danish Sign language. In: J. B. Jepsen, G. De Clerck, S. Lutalo-Kiingi and W. B. McGregor (eds.), Sign languages of the world: A comparative handbook, pp. 195–233. Berlin: De Gruyter and Preston, UK: Ishara Press.

McKaughan, H. P. and M. L. Forman. 1981. Pidgin in Hawaii: ‘Da Kine’ talk serves useful purposes. Ampersand 14(4):11–15.

McKay-Cody, M. R. 1996. Plains Indian Sign Language: A comparative study of alternate and primary signers. M.A. thesis, University of Arizona. http://hdl.handle.net/10150/278590. Accessed 20 October 2015.

McKay-Cody, M. R. 2019. Memory comes before knowledge–North American indigenous deaf: Socio-cultural study of rock/picture writing, community, sign languages, and kinship. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Oklahoma.

McKee, D. and G. Kennedy. 2000. A lexical comparison of signs from American, Australian, and New Zealand Sign Languages. In K. Emmorey and H. Lane (eds.), The signs of language revisited: An anthology to honor Ursula Bellugi and Edward Klima, pp. 49–76. London: Lawrence Erlbaum.

McKee, R. and D. McKee. 2016. Assessing the vitality of NZSL. Paper presented at the 12th International Conference on Theoretical Issues in Sign Language Research (TISLR 12), 5 January 2016, Melbourne, Australia.

McKee, R. L. and V. Manning. 2015. Evaluating effects of language recognition on language rights and the vitality of New Zealand Sign Language. Sign Language Studies 15(4):473–497.

McKee, R. L. and V. Manning. 2019. Implementing recognition of New Zealand Sign Language: 2006–2018. In De Meulder, J. Murray, and R. McKee (eds). The legal recognition of sign languages: Advocacy and outcomes around the world, ch. 14. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

McPherson, L. 2013. A grammar of Tommo So. Boston: De Gruyter Mouton.

McPherson, L. and M. S. Dryer. 2021. The tone system of Poko-Rawo (Skou). Phonological Data and Analysis 3(1):1–32.

Mead, D. E., M.-Y. Lee, and C. Neveux. 2007. Mapping Indonesian Bajau communities in Sulawesi. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2007-019. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/silesr/abstract.asp?ref=2007-019. Accessed 15 October 2012.

Mead, D. E. 1999. The Bungku-Tolaki languages of South-Eastern Sulawesi, Indonesia. Pacific Linguistics D-91. Canberra: Australian National University.

Mead, M. 1956. New lives for old; cultural transformation—Manus, 1928–1953. New York: Morrow.

Meader, R. E. (ed.), 1978. Indios do nordeste: Levantamento sobre os remanescentes tribais do nordeste brasileiro. Série Lingüística 8. Brasília: SIL.

Meakins, F. 2013. Gurindji Kriol. In S. M. Michaelis, P. Maurer, M. Haspelmath, and M. Huber (eds.), The survey of pidgin and creole languages, vol. 3, pp.131–139. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Meakins, F. and R. Nordlinger. 2014. A grammar of Bilinarra: An Australian Aboriginal language of the Northern Territory. Pacific Linguistics 640. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Meckelburg, A. 2016. From “subject to citizen”? History, identity and minority citizenship: The case of the Mao and Komo of Western Ethiopia. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hamburg.

Medjo Mvé, P. 2013. Langage et identité chez les Ndambomo du Gabon. Paris: L’Harmattan.

Meeuwis, M. 1998. Lingala. Languages of the World/Materials 261. Munich: Lincom Europa.

Meir, I., W. Sandler, C. Padden, and M. Aronoff. 2010. Emerging Sign languagues. In M. Marschark and P.E. Spencer (eds.), Oxford handbook of Deaf studies, language, and education, vol. 2, pp. 267–280. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Meir, I. 2012. The evolution of verb classes and verb agreement in sign languages. Theoretical Linguistics 38(1–2):145–152.

Meir, I. and W. Sandler. 2008. A language in space: The story of Israeli Sign Language. New York: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Meira, Márcio. 2021. Baré. Povos Indígenas no Brasil. São Paulo: Instituto Socioambiental. https://pib.socioambiental.org/pt/Povo:Baré.

Mekonnen, H. 2015. The grammar of Girirra (a Lowland East Cushitic language of Ethiopia). Ph.D. dissertation, Addis Ababa University.

Melchor, J.L. and M. Blázquez-Carretero. 2022. Zamboanga Chavacano: From español de cocina to un poquito español. A postcolonial inquiry into creole language preservation. Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages 37(1):72–113.

Melliger, M. 2005. Phonology essentials: Pinai-Hagahai Language. In S. Parker (ed.), Phonological descriptions of Papua New Guinea languages, pp. 303–338. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 47. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: SIL-PNG Academic Publications.

Menezes, T. dos Reis, A. V. Galucio, and F. F. Vander Velden. 2020. Puruborá. Povos Indígenas no Brasil. São Paulo: Instituto Socioambiental. https://pib.socioambiental.org/en/Povo:Purubor%C3%A1.

Meng, C. 2018. A grammar of Tulil. Ph.D. dissertation, LaTrobe University.

Menon, M. T. (ed.). 1996. Encyclopedia of Dravidian tribes, vols. 1–2. Thiruvananthapura: The DLA Publications.

Merz, J. 2017. Frictions et inversion de modernité : portrait de la commune de Cobly dans l’Atacora du Bénin. SIL Electronic Working Papers 2017-01.

Messing, G. M. 1980. Politics and national language in Albania. In V. Coetsem and L. R. Waugh (eds.), Contributions to historical linguistics, vol. 3, pp. 270–280. Leiden: E. J. Brill.

Metslang, H., K. Pajusalu, and T.-R. Viitso. 2015. Negation in Livonian. In M. Miestamo, A. Tamm, B. Wagner-Nagy (eds.) Negation in Uralic languages, pp. 433–456. Typological Studies in Language 108. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Meyer, R. 2005. Das Zay: Deskriptive Grammatik einer Ostguragesprache (Äthiosemitisch). Grammatical Analyses of African Languages 25. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Meyer, R. 2006. Wolane: Descriptive grammar of an East Gurage language (Ethiosemitic). Grammatical Analyses of African Languages 31. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Michael, L., S. Farmer, G. Finley, C. Beier, and K. Sullón Acosta. 2013. A sketch of Muniche segmental and prosodic phonology. International Journal of American Linguistics 79:307–347.

Michalchenko, V. Y. (ed.). 2003. Pismennye yazyki mira: Yazyki Rossiyskoy federatsii 2. (Written languages of the world: Languages of the Russian Federation 2). Sociolinguistic Encyclopedia. Moscow: Academia.

Michaud, J. 2016. Historical dictionary of the peoples of the Southeast Asian Massif. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield.

Migliazza, E. and J. E. Grimes. 1961. Shiriana phonology. Anthropological Linguistics 3(5):31–41.

Migliazza, E. C. 1985. Languages of the Orinoco-Amazon region: Current status. In H. E. Manelis Klein and L. R. Stark (eds.), South American Indian languages, pp. 17–139. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Mihas, E., G. Santos Pérez, and D. Rosas Rodríguez. 2014. Upper Perené Arawak narratives of history, landscape, and ritual. Omaha: University of Nebraska Press.

Miller, S. A. 2017. Skou languages near Sissano Lagoon, Papua New Guinea. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 35:1–24.

Miller, W. R. 1984. The classification of the Uto-Aztecan languages based on lexical evidence. International Journal of American Linguistics 50(1):1–24.

Minnegal, M. and P. D. Dwyer. 2006. Fertility and social reproduction in the Strickland-Bosavi Region. In S. J. Ulijaszek (ed.), Population, reproduction, and fertility in Melanesia, pp. 110–135. Fertility, Reproduction, and Sexuality 8. Oxford: Berghahn Books.

Minnegal, M. and P. D. Dwyer. 2017. Navigating the future: An ethnography of change in Papua New Guinea. Asia-Pacific Monograph 11. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Minter, P. 2009. Iyo grammar sketch. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 56. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Lingusitics.

Minton-Ryan, C. A., M. Sorola, J. Brown, and P. R. Perez. 2019. A lexicostatistical study: Phonological similarity between American and Malawi Sign Languages. Journal of the Linguistics Association of Southern African Development Community Universities 5(5):87–103. https://journals.ub.bw/index.php/lasu/article/view/1576.

Mitchell, R. E., T. A. Young, B. Bachleda, and M. A. Karchmer. 2006. How many people use ASL in the United States? Why estimates need updating. Sign Language Studies 6(3):306–335.

Mithun, M. 1999. Languages of native North America. Cambridge Language Surveys. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Mixco, M. 1978. Cochimi and Proto-Yuman: Lexical and syntactic evidence for the new language family in Lower California. Anthropological Papers 101. Salt Lake City: University of Utah.

Moéhama, E. 2021. Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique : Première évaluation parmi les Lutos. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2021-005.

Moesinger, A. 2018. Catching names: Folk taxonomy of marine fauna on Takuu Atoll, Papua New Guinea. SPC Traditional Marine Resource Management and Knowledge Information Bulletin 39:2–14.

Mohammed, H. et al. 2015. Sociolinguistic survey of Argobba. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2014-011. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/61995.

Mohammed, N. 2009. Bahasa Melayu kreol Chetti Melaka: deskripsi leksiko-fonologi. Penang: Penerbit Universiti Sains Malaysia.

Mohan, P. and P. Zador. 1986. Discontinuity in a life cycle: The death of Trinidad Bhojpuri. Language 62:291–319.

Mokrani, S. 2005. Eléments nouveaux en vue de la description de la langue samayé (B25): éléments de phonologie et de morphologie. Master Thesis 2, Language Sciences, Université Lumière Lyon 2.

Moñino, Y. 1988. Lexique comparatif des langues oubanguiennes: collectif. Publications du Département langues et parole en Afrique centrale Paris: Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner S.A.

Montgomery-Anderson, B. 2015. Cherokee reference grammar Norman: University of Oklahoma Press.

Moody, B. 2002. International Sign: A practitioner’s perspective. Journal of Interpretation 10:1–47.

Moody, D. C. and J. R. Walton. 1984. The east coast Bajau languages. In J. K. King and J. W. King (eds.), Languages of Sabah: A survey report, pp. 113–123. Pacific Linguistics C-78. Canberra: Australia National University.

Moore, D. 2006. Brazil: Language situation. In K. Brown (ed.), Encyclopedia of language and linguistics, 2nd ed., vol. 2, pp. 117–128. Oxford: Elsevier.

Moretti, D. 2006. Nkota Wata: Mining and metaphor in Hamtai-Anga “gold dreaming”. Ph.D. dissertation, Brunel University.

Morey, S. 2006. Small languages in a polylingual situation—the case of Turung. In R. Elangaiyan, R. McKenna Brown, N. D. M. Ostler, and M. K. Verma (eds.), Vital voices: Endangered languages and multilingualism: Proceedings of the Tenth Foundation for Endangered Languages Conference, pp. 173–177. Mysore, India: Central Institute of Indian Languages and Foundation for Endangered Languages.

Morey, S. 2010. Turung: a variety of Singpho language spoken in Assam. Pacific Linguistics 614. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Morey, S. 2015. Singpho language of North East India (including Turung). Endangered Languages Archive. http://hdl.handle.net/2196/00-0000-0000-0000-E463-4.

Morgan, J. L. 2012. Classificatory verbs in Plains Apache. M.A. Thesis. University of Oklahoma.

Morgan, M. 2004. Tracing the family tree: Tree-reconstruction of two sign language families. Paper presented at 8th Conference of Theoretical Issues in Sign Language Research, Sep 30-Oct 2, 2004. Barcelona.

Morgenstierne, G. 1974. Languages of Nuristan and surrounding regions. In K. Jettmas (ed.), Cultures of the Hindu Kush: Selected papers from the Hindu-Kush Cultural Conference held in Moesgard 1970, pp. 1–10. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner GmbH.

Morse, S. A. 1989. Five Rawang dialects compared plus more. In D. Bradley, E. J. A. Henderson, and M. Mazaudon (eds.), Prosodic analysis and Asian linguistics: To honour R K Sprigg, pp. 237–250. Pacific Linguistics C-104. Canberra: Australia National University.

Morton, D. 2014. The temporal and aspectual semantics and verbal tonology of Gisida Anii. Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University.

Mosel, U. 2015. Putting oral narratives into writing – experiences from a language documentation project in Bouganville, Papua New Guinea. In B. Comrie and L. Golluscio (eds.), Language contact and documentation, pp. 321–342. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Moseley, C. (ed.). 2010. Atlas of the World’s Languages in Danger. 3rd ed. Paris: UNESCO Publishing.

Moulton, W. G. 1988. Mutual intelligibility among speakers of early Germanic dialects. In D. G. Calder and T. C. Christy (eds.), Germania: Comparative studies in the Old Germanic languages and literatures, pp. 9–28. Wolfeboro, NH: D. S. Brewer.

Mous, M. 2007. A sketch of Iraqw grammar. Leiden: Leiden University Centre of Linguistics. https://www.academia.edu/3507742/A_Sketch_of_Iraqw_Grammar.

Moyle, R. 2011. Takuu grammar and dictionary: a Polynesian language of the South Pacific. Pacific Linguistics 634. Canberra: Australian National University.

Mradi wa Lugha za Tanzania (Langauges of Tanzania Project). 2009. Atlasi ya Lugha za Tanzania. Dar es Salaam, Tanzania: Chuo Kikuu cha Dar es Salaam.

Muanthanga, P. C. 1998. The harvest field of Arunachal Pradesh. Shillong: Carey Research and Communication Centre, NEIMBCC.

Müller, C. 2012. Deaf education around the world: from a German view. BATOD (British Association of Teachers of the Deaf) Magazine, September 2012. Rochester, U.K.: British Association of Teachers of the Deaf. http://www.batod.org.uk/content/international/models/germany/germany-0912-m.pdf. Accessed 16 February 2016.

Muniru, J., C. Magnusson, M. Hansley and S. Ayenajah. 2016. A sociolinguistic survey of the Kulere dialects of Plateau and Nassarawa State, Nigeria. SIL Electronic Survey Report 2016-005.

Munshi, S.. 2018. Srinagar Burushaski: A descriptive and comparative account with analyzed texts. Leiden: Brill.

Murugaiyan, A. 2013. Le tamoul. In G. Kremnitz (ed.), Histoire sociale des langues de France, pp. 881–899. Rennes: Presses Universitaires de Rennes.

Musa, M. 2011. The socioeconomic history of the Orang Kanaq of Johor. Kajian Malaysia 29(1):47–74.

Musgrave, J. 2007. A grammar of Neve’ei, Vanuatu. Pacific Linguistics 587. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Musgrave, S. 2010. Reduced pronouns and arguments in Sou Amana Teru, Ambon. In M. C. Ewing and M. Klamer (eds.), East Nusantara: typological and areal analyses, pp. 143–164. Pacific Linguistics 618. Canberra: Australian National University.

Mushin, I. 2012. A grammar of (Western) Garrwa. Pacific Linguistics 637. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Mustafa, A. 2015. The Turkmen reality in Syria. ORSAM Review of Regional Affairs, No. 27, June 2015. https://www.orsam.org.tr/d_hbanaliz/27ing.pdf.

Mütze, B. 2014. A sketch of the Mursi language. M.A. thesis, University of Gloucestershire.

Mwondela, C. 2005. Beata Shihepo: A challenge to women. Sister Namibia 17(1):4–5.

Naby, E. 1975. Les Assyriens d’Union Sovietique. Cahiers du Monde Russe et Sovietique 16 (3–4):445–457. http://www.persee.fr/web/revues/home/prescript/article/cmr_0008-0160_1975_num_16_3_1249.

Nahhas, R. W. 2007. Sociolinguistic survey of Mpi in Thailand. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2007-016. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/silesr/abstract.asp?ref=2007-016. Accessed 15 October 2012.

Nahhas, R. W. 2011. Sociolinguistic survey of Lawa in Thailand. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2011-044. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/42998. Accessed 8 January 2016.

Nakao, S. 2018. Mountains do not meet but men do: Music and sociocultural networks among Arabic creole-speaking communities across East Africa. In S. Manfredi and M. Tosco (eds.), Arabic in contact, pp. 275–294. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Natarajan, G. V. 1985. Abujmaria grammar. Mysore: Central Institute of Indian languages.

National Council for Special Education. 2011. The education of deaf and hard of hearing children in Ireland. Trim, Ireland: National Council for Special Education.

Naumann, C. 2014. Towards a genealogical classification of Taa dialects. In T. Güldemann and A. Fehn (eds.), Beyond ’Khoisan’: Historical relations in the Kalahari Basin, pp. 281–300. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Ndokobai, D. 2014. Esquisse phonologique de la langue mbudum. Yaoundé: CABTAL. https://www.sil.org/resources/archives/76489.

Negi, H. K. 2012. A sociolinguistic profile of the Kinnaura tribe. Nepalese Linguistics 27:101–105.

Nengel, J. G. 1999. Precolonial African intergroup relations in Kauru and Pengana polities of central Nigerian highlands 1800–1900. Brussels: Peter Lang.

Newmark, L., P. Hubbard, and P. Prifti. 1982. Standard Albanian: A reference grammar for students. Palo Alto: Stanford University Press.

Ngoran, L. L. 1999. A sketch outline of the phonology of Ndemli. M.A. thesis, University of Yaoundé.

Nguyen, T. 2013. A grammar of Bih. Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Oregon.

Nichols, J. 1995. Who are the Chechen? Berkeley: University of California. http://iseees.berkeley.edu/articles/nichols_1995-chechen.pdf.

Nicolaï, R. 1979. Le Songhay Central. Études Linguistiques 1(2):33–69.

Nicolaï, R. 1981. Les dialectes du Songhay: Contributions a l’etude des changements linguistiques. Ph.D. dissertation, Société d’Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France (SELAF).

Nicolaï, R. 1983. Position, structure, and classification of Songay. In M. L. Bender (ed.), Nilo-Saharan language studies, pp. 11–41. East Lansing, MI: African Studies Center, Michigan State University.

Nicole, J. 2018. Grammaire du nawdm, parler de Niamtougou (Togo). SIL e-Books 69. Dallas: SIL International.

Nida, E. A. (ed.). 1972. The book of a thousand tongues, 2nd ed. New York: United Bible Societies.

Nikolaeva, I. 2014. A grammar of Tundra Nenets. Mouton Grammar Library 65. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Nikolić, H. 2008. Relasi historis Bahasa Benuaq dalam silsilah kekerabatan Bahasa-bahasa Barito. M.A. thesis, Universitas Sebelas Maret.

Nogueira, A. F. de Souza. 2019. Predicação na língua Wayoro (Tupi): propriedades de finitude. Doctoral dissertation, São Paulo University.

Nonaka, A. M. 2004. The forgotten endangered languages: Lessons on the importance of remembering from Thailand’s Ban Khor Sign Language. Language in Society 33:737–767. http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/S004740450404504X. Accessed 9 January 2016.

Nonaka, A. M. 2009. Estimating size, scope, and membership of the speech/sign communities of undocumented indigenous/village sign languages: The Ban Khor case study. Language and Communication 29:210–229.

Nonaka, A. M. 2012. Language ecological change in Ban Khor, Thailand: An ethnographic case study of village sign language endangerment. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities: Anthropological and linguistic insights, pp. 277-–312. Sign Language Typology 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton and Nijmegen: Ishara Press.

Noonan, M. 1996. The fall and rise and fall of the Chantyal language. Southwest Journal of Linguistics 15(1–2):121–136.

Noorduyn, J. 1991. A critical survey of studies on the languages of Sulawesi. Leiden: KITLV Press.

Nordlinger, R. 1998. A grammar of Wambaya, Northern Territory (Australia). Pacific Linguistics C-140. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Norton, R. and T. K. Alaki. 2015. The Talodi languages: A comparative-historical analysis. Occasional Papers in the Study of Sudanese Languages 11:47–161.

Nourzaei, M., C. Jahani, E. Anonby, and A. Ahangar. 2015. Koroshi: A corpus-based grammatical description. Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis, Studia Iranica Upsaliensia 13. Uppsala: Uppsala University.

Nur, T. 2021. Betawi adolescents’ language attitudes towards their mother tongue: A sociolinguistic perspective in Indonesia. Advances in Social Science, Education and Humanities Research 622:63–67.

Nurse, D. and G. Philippson. 1980. The Bantu languages of East Africa: a lexicostatistical survey. In E. D. Polomé and C. P. Hill (eds.), Language in Tanzania, pp. 26–67. London: Oxford University Press for International African Institute.

Nyrop, R. F. (ed.). 1986. The Yemens: Country studies. Washington, D. C.: American University.

Nyst, V., K. Sylla, and M. Magassouba. 2012. Deaf signers in Douentza, a rural area in Mali. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities: Anthropological and linguistic insights, pp. 251–276. Sign Language Typology 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Nyst, V. 2007. A descriptive analysis of Adamorobe Sign Language (Ghana). Ph.D. dissertation, Netherlands Graduate School of Linguistics, University of Amsterdam.

Nyst, V. 2015. The sign language situation in Mali. Sign Language Studies 15(2):126–150.

Oates, W. J. and L. F. Oates. 1970. A revised linguistic survey of Australia. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

Obata, K. 2003. A grammar of Bilua, a Papuan language of the Solomon Islands. Pacific Linguistics 540. Canberra: Austrailan National University Press.

Oberling, P. 1974. The Qashqa’i nomads of Fars. The Hague: Mouton.

Oetzel, R. K. 2019. The Semantics of Clause Linking in Saliba (sbe). Preprint. https://www.silpacific.org/resources/archives/78541.

Ogbonna, O. 2016. Killing the golden geese: Wars against Igbo. Lulu Press, Inc.

Ohannessian, S. and M. E. Kashoki (eds.). 1978. Language in Zambia. London: International African Institute.

OIF. 2007. La Francophonie dans le monde 2006-2007. Organisation Internationale de la Francophonie (OIF). Paris: Nathan. http://www.francophonie.org/IMG/pdf/La_francophonie_dans_le_monde_2006-2007.pdf. Accessed 9 February 2016.

Okamura, T. 2010. Dying language of the island: The direction the Tokunoshima dialect (Shimakuchi) is heading. Kokubungaku Kaishaku-to Kansho 75(1):164–167.

Olson, J. S. 1991. The Indians of Central and South America: An ethnohistorical dictionary. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Olson, K. S. 1996. On the comparison and classification of Banda dialects. In L. M. Dobrin, K. Singer, and L. McNair (eds.), Papers from the main session, pp. 267–283. Chicago Linguistics Society 32. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.

Olson, R. 1964. Maya-Chipaya. IJAL 30:313–324.

Oltrogge, D. 1977. Proto-Jicaque Subtiaba-Tequistlateco: A comparative reconstruction. M.A. thesis, University of Texas at Arlington.

Omar, A. H. 1983. The Malay peoples of Malaysia and their languages. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa Dan Pustaka, Kementerian Pelajaran Malaysia.

Omardeen, R., K. Mesh, and M. Steinbach. 2021. Initial person reference in Providence Island Sign Language. Glossa: a journal of general linguistics 6(1):1–39.

Onofrio, J. 1995. Dictionary of Indian tribes of the Americas, vol. 1. Newport Beach, CA: American Indian Publishers.

Opgenort, J. R. 2004. A grammar of Wambule: Grammar, lexicon. texts and cultural survey of Rai-Kiranti tribe of eastern Nepal. Brill’s Tibetan Studies Library, Languages of the Greater Himalayan Region 2. Leiden: Koninklijke Brill.

Opgenort, J. R. 2005. A grammar of Jero, with a historical comparative study of the Kiranti languages. Brill’s Tibetan Studies Library Languages of the Greater Himalayan Region 5/3. Leiden and Boston: Brill.

Oppermann, T. C. 2011. Tsuhana: Processes of disorder and order in Halia. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Sydney.

Orhan, O. 2010. The forgotten turks: Turkmens of Lebanon. Center for Middle Eastern Strategic Studies (ORSAM), Report No.11, Feb. 2010. https://orsam.org.tr//d_hbanaliz/Analiz_11_eng.pdf.

Osman, S. N. 2006. Phonology of the Zaghawa language in Sudan. In A. Abu-Manga, L. Gilley, and A. Storch (eds.), Insights into Nilo-Saharan language, history and culture: Proceedings of the 9th Nilo-Saharan linguistic colloquium, Institute of African and Asian Studies, University of Khartoum, 16–19 February 2004, pp. 347–361. Nilo-Saharan 23. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Ostapirat, W. 2000. Proto-Kra. Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area 23(1):1–251.

Ottenheimer, H. J. and M. Ottenheimer. 1976. The classification of the languages of the Comoro Islands. Africana Linguistica 18(9):408–415.

Ould Ahmed, S. M. 2012. Aspects of bilingualism in a Mauritanian context: Nouakchott University as a case study. M.A. thesis, Aboubekr Belkaid University, Tlemcen, Algeria. https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/ee11/a14528fc39361f98f3320e4ef3e51bc13179.pdf.

Özyürek, A. 2004. Turkish Sign Language. Koç University. http://turkisaretdili.ku.edu.tr/en/tid.aspx.

O’Toole, T. 1978. Historical dictionary of Guinea (Republic of Guinea/Conakry). African historical dictionaries 16. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press.

Paales, L. 2011. Name signs for hearing people. Electronic Journal of Folklore 47:43–76. http://www.folklore.ee/folklore/vol47/paales.pdf. Accessed 4 February 2016.

Pakir, A. G. 1986. A linguistic investigation of Baba Malay. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawai’i.

Paldan, T. 2002. Languages change: From preclassical Tibetan to modern spoken Ladakhi. Paper presented at 8th Himalayan Languages Symposium, September 19–22, 2002. Berne, Switzerland.

Pallesen, A. K. 1985. Culture contact and language convergence. Linguistic Society of the Philippines Special Monograph Issue 24. Manila: Linguistic Society of the Philippines.

Pallesen, A. K. and C. Soderberg. 2012. Central Sama. Journal of the International Phonetic Association 42(3):353–359.

Palmer, B. 2009. Kokota grammar. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication 35. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Panda, S. 2012. Alipur Sign Language: A sociolinguistic and cultural profile. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities: Anthropological and linguistic insights, pp. 353–360. Sign Language Typology 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton and Nijmegan: Ishara Press.

Paper, H. H. (ed.). 1978. Jewish languages: Theme and variation, 1st ed. Cambridge, MA: Association for Jewish Studies.

Paris, B. 2015. A sociolinguistic survey of the Lower Ramu languages of Papua New Guinea. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2015-009. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/63685.

Paris, H., J. Carter, K. Carter, B. MacKenzie, and B. Paris. 2012a. A sociolinguistic survey of Amara. SIL Electronic Survey Report 2012-017.

Paris, H., J. Carter, K. Carter, B. MacKenzie, B. Paris, and J. Masters. 2012b. A sociolinguistic survey of Anem, Papua New Guinea. SIL Electronic Survey Report 2012-041.

Parisot, A.-M., J. Rinfret, S. Villeneuve, and A. Voghel. 2015. Quebec Sign Language / Langue des signes québécoise (LSQ). In J. Jepsen, G. De Clerck, S. Lutalo-Kiingi, and W. B. McGregor (eds.), Sign languages of the world: A comparative handbook, pp. 701–728. Berlin: De Gruyter.

Parker, G. J. 1976. Gramática quechua: Ancash-Huaylas. Lima: Ministerio de Educación.

Parkin, R. 1991. A guide to Austro-Asiatic speakers and their languages. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication 23. Honolulu: University of Hawai’’i.

Parks, E., C. Epley, and J. Parks. 2011b. A sociolinguistic profile of the Jamaican Deaf community. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2011-026. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/archives/41624. Accessed 19 February 2018.

Parks, E., J. Parks, and H. Williams. 2011a. A sociolinguistic profile of the deaf people of Chile. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2011-027. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/41625. Accessed 19 February 2018.

Parks, E. and H. Williams. 2011. Sociolinguistic profiles of twenty-four Deaf communities in the Americas. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2011-036. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/41653. Accessed 23 January 2017.

Parks, E. and J. Parks. 2008. Sociolinguistic survey report of the deaf community of Guatemala. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2008-016. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9159. Accessed 13 February 2017.

Parks, E. and J. Parks. 2010. A sociolinguistic profile of the Peruvian Deaf community. Sign Language Studies 10(4):409–441.

Parks, E. and J. Parks. 2012. A survey report of the deaf people of Northern Ireland. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2012-001. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/43483.

Parkvall, M. 2009. Sueriges språk- vemtalar vad och var? Stockholm: Stockholm University.

Patai, B. (ed.). 1972. The early history of Malawi. London: Longman.

Patiño, C. 2000. Lenguas Aborígenes de la Amazonía Meridional de Colombia. In M. S. Gonzalez de Perez and M. L Rodriguez de Montes. Lenguas Indígenas de Colombia, una visión descriptiva. Bogotá: Instituto Caro y Cuervo.

Paul, L. 2007. Zur Lage der Gōrānī-Dialekte im Iran und ihrer Erforschung. In M. Macuch, M. Maggi, and W. Sundermann (eds.), Iranian languages and texts from Iran and Turan, pp. 285–286. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag.

Paulsen, R. 2003. Fighting hierarchy: Relations of egality and hierarchy among the May River Iwam of Papua New Guinea. In I. Hoëm and S. Roalkvam (eds.), Oceanic socialities and cultural forms: Ethnographies of experience, pp. 29–49. New York: Berghahn Books.

Pawley, A., R. N. H. Bulmer, J. Kias, S. P. Gi, and I. S. Majnep. 2011. A dictionary of Kalam with ethnographic notes. Pacific Linguistics 630. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Pawley, A., S. P. Gi, I. S. Majnep, and J. Kias. 2000. Hunger acts on me: The grammar and semantics of bodily and mental process expressions in Kalam. In V. P de Guzman and B. Bender (eds.), Grammatical analysis: Morphology, syntax, and semantics—Studies in honor of Stanley Startosta, pp. 153–185. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publications 29. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Pawley, A. 2005. The chequered career of the Trans New Guinea hypothesis: Recent research and its implications. In A. Pawley, R. Attenborough, J. Golson, and R. Hide (eds.), Papuan pasts: Cultural, linguistics and biological histories of Papuan-speaking peoples, pp. 67–107. Pacific Linguistics 572. Canberra: Australian National University.

Pawley, A. and H. Hammarström. 2017. The Trans New Guinea family. In B. Palmer (ed.), The languages and linguistics of the New Guinea Area: A comprehensive guide, pp. 21–196. World of Linguistics 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Pawley, E. and M. Pawley. 2010. Sociolinguistic survey of Jarai in Ratanakiri, Cambodia. Phnom Phen: International Cooperation Cambodia.

Payne, D. L. 1991. A classification of Maipuran (Arawakan) languages based on shared lexical retentions. In D. C. Derbyshire and G. K. Pullum (eds.), Handbook of Amazonian languages, vol. 3, pp. 355–499. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Payne, D. L. 1993. Una visión panorámica de la familia lingüística arawak. In M. L. Rodríguez de Montes (ed.), Estado actual de la clasificación de las lenguas indígenas de Colombia: Ponencias presentadas en el seminario-taller realizado en el Instituto Caro y Cuervo (Febrero 10, 11, y 12 de 1988), pp. 127–164. Bogotá: Instituto Caro y Cuervo.

Payne, J. R. 1987. Iranian languages. In B. Comrie (ed.), The world’s major languages, vol. 13, pp. 514–522. New York: Oxford University Press.

Pearce, E. 2015. A grammar of Unua. Pacific Linguistics 647. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Pearson. G. and R. van den Berg. 2008. Lote grammar sketch. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 54. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Peggion, E. A. 2018. Tenharim. Povos Indígenas no Brasil. São Paulo: Instituto Socioambiental. https://pib.socioambiental.org/en/Povo:Tenharim.

Pego, D. 2001. “We’re not Extinct.” In A. Melendez, M. J. Young, P. Moore, and P. Pynes (eds.), The multicultural Southwest: A reader. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.

Peindi, E. G. 2010. Les Ndambomo du Gabon. Pour une anthropologie de la mobilité culturelle. Doctoral thesis. Libreville: Université Omar Bongo.

Pelkey, J. R. 2008. The Phula languages in synchronic and diachronic perspective. Ph.D. dissertation, La Trobe University.

Pelkey, J. R. 2011. Dialectology as dialectic: Interpreting Phula variation. Trends in Linguistics: Studies and Monographs 229. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Peña, J. G. 2009. A historical reconstruction of the Peba-Yaguan linguistic family. M.A. thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Oregon.

Pennington, R. 2018. A grammar of Ma Manda: A Papuan language of Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea. Munich: LINCOM.

Perder, E. 2013. A grammatical description of Dameli. Doctoral dissertation, Stockholm University.

Pereira, A. A. 2009. Estudo morfossintático do Asuriní do Xingu. Ph.D. dissertation, Universidade Estadual de Campinas, São Paulo.

Pereltsvaig, A. 2017. Languages of the world: An introduction, 2nd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Person, K. R. 2005. Language revitalization or dying gasp? Language preservation efforts among the Bisu of Northern Thailand. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 173:117–141.

Persoon, G. 1989. The Kubu and the outside world (South Sumatra, Indonesia): The modification of hunting and gathering. Anthropos 84(4/6):507–519.

Petrollino, S. and M. Mous. 2010. Recollecting words and espressions in Aasá, a dead anguage of Tanzania. Anthropological Linguistics 52(2):206–216.

Petterson, R. 2019. Preliminary notes on the phonology and morphology of the Porome language of Papua New Guinea. Preprint. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/331533560_Preliminary_Notes_on_the_Phonology_and_Morphology_of_the_Porome_Language_of_Papua_New_Guinea.

Pfister, M. 1988. Galloromanische Sprachkolonien in Italien und Nordspanien. Stuttgart: Steiner.

Phakkahn, N. 2017. Phonology and grammar sketch of Yoy. M.A. thesis, California State University, Long Beach.

Phan Hữu Dật. 1998. Về tên gọi các tộc người nói ngôn ngữ Môn-Miên ở miền tây tỉnh Quảng Bình [About the names of the ethnic groups that speak the Mon-Mien language in the western part of Quang Binh province]. In Một số vấn đề về dân tộc học Việt Nam [Some Issues on Vietnam’s Ethnology], pp.476–482. Hanoi: National University Press.

Phimjun, T. 2004. A comparative study of lexical items and attitudes of Kuy, Kuay and Nyeu speakers in Sisaket Province. Ph.D. dissertation, Mahidol University, Bangkok.

Picanço, G. 2010. A reconstruction of nasal harmony in Proto-Mundurukú (Tupi). International Journal of American Linguistics 76(4)411–438.

Pick, A. 2020a. Gildipasi language project: tumbuna stories and tumbuna knowledge. London: SOAS University of London, Endangered Languages Archive. http://hdl.handle.net/2196/3b201978-af28-4871-8655-ab6e0e42d5cf.

Pick, A. 2020b. A reconstruction of proto-Northern Adelbert phonology and lexicon. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawai’i, Manoa.

Pike, K. L. 1959. Language as particle, wave, and field. The Texas Quarterly 2(2):37–54.

Pinyon, R. and J. Haydon. 2010. The benefits of the English Language for individuals and societies: Quantitative indicators from Cameroon, Nigeria, Rwanda, Bangladesh and Pakistan, a custom report compiled by Euromonitor International for the British Council. London: Euromonitor International. https://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/sites/teacheng/files/Euromonitor%20Report%20A4.pdf. Accessed 7 July 2017.

Ploykaew, P. 2001. The phonology of Samre. Mon-Khmer Studies 31:15–27.

Plunkett, G. 2009. An overview of Foodo, a linguistic island in Benin. Journal of West African Languages 36(1–2):107–138.

Podolsky, B. 1985. Notes on the Urum language. Rovanik Orientalistyczny 44(2):59–66.

Polomé, E. C. and C. P. Hill (eds.). 1980. Language in Tanzania. London: Oxford University Press for International African Institute.

Poppe, N. 1955. Introduction to Mongolian comparative studies. Helsinki: Suomalais-Ugrilainen Seura.

Potter, M., M. J. Rueck, and B. Vila. 2015. The sociolinguistic situation of the Kaki Ae [tbd] language. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2015-020. Dallas: Summer Institute of Lingustics. https://www.silpacific.org/resources/archives/64435.

Potter, M., P. Lambrecht, L. Alemán, and C. Janzen. 2008. The sociolinguistic situation of the Ambakich language. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2008-012:1–83.

Prachakij-karacak, P. 1995. Some languages of Siam. Mahidol: Institute of Language and Culture for Rural Development, Mahidol University.

Prentice, D. J. 1971. The Murut languages of Sabah. Canberra: Linguistic Circle of Canberra.

Prentice, D. J. 1987. Malay (Indonesian and Malaysian). In B. Comrie (ed.), The world’s major languages, pp. 913–935. New York: Oxford University Press.

Price, D. S. and M. Donohue. 2009. Report on the Ansus survey, West Yapen Island, Papua, Indonesia. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2009–001. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9126.

Priestley, C. 2020. Koromu (Kesawai): Grammar and information structure of a New Guinea Language. Pacific Linguistics 658. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Priestly, T. 1993. Slovene. In B. Comrie and G. Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic languages, pp. 388–451. London: Routledge.

Procházka-Eisl, G. and S. Procházka. 2018. The Arabic speaking Alawis of the Çukurova: The transformation of a linguistic into a purely religious minority. In C. Bulut (ed.), Linguistic minorities in Turkey and Turkic speaking minorities of the peripheries. Turcologica 111. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

Pstrusinska, J. and C. Gray (eds.). 1990. Afghanistan 1989 in sociolinguistic perspective. Central Asian Survey Incidental Papers. London: Society for Central Asian Studies.

Pugh-Kitingan, J. 2013. Music, movement, sport and identity: the Moliliun Tagunggak of the Gana Murut of Sabah, Malaysia. In Mohd Anis Md Nor (ed.), (Re)Producing Southeast Asian performing arts and Southeast Asian bodies, music, dance and other movement arts: Proceedings of the 2nd Symposium of the ICTM Study Group on Performing Arts of Southeast Asia, pp.162–168. Manila: Philippine Women’s University.

Pugh-Kitingan, J. and Pandikar Amin Mulia. 1996. Iranun kinship terms: Corrections and evaluation. Paper presented at Fourth Biennial International Conference of the Borneo Research Council (Brunei, 10–15 June 1996).

Purnama, K. 1991. The sociolinguistic pattern of use of Standard Malay in Brunei Darussalam. Paper presented at Sixth International Conference of Austronesian Linguistics. Honolulu.

Purnell, H. C. 1970. Toward a reconstruction of Proto-Miao-Yao. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Queixalos, F. 2000. As linguas amazónicas hoje. In F. Queixalos and O. Renault-Lecure (eds.), Langues de Guyane Français, p. 299. São Paulo: Instituto Socioambiental.

Quick, P. 2007. A grammar of the Pendau language of central Sulawesi, Indonesia. Pacific Linguistics 590. Canberra: Australian National University.

Quigley, E. C. and S. R. Quigley. 2011. The phonology and verbal system of Awara, a Papuan language of the Finisterre Range, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics 629. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Quigley, S. (ed.). 2012. Wantoat trilingual dictionary - Wantoat to Tok Pisin and Wantoat to English, 3rd ed. Dallas: SIL International.

Quinn, K. 2014. A description of the verbal morphology of Wartha Thuntai. B.A. honors thesis, Australian National University.

Quint, N. 2009. The phonology of Koalib: A Kordofanian language of the Nuba Mountains (Sudan). Grammatical Analyses of African Languages 36. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Rai, N. M. 2017. A grammar of Dumi. Languages of the World/Materials 509. Munich: Lincom Europa.

Rainò, P. 2010. Osata 2007–2009. Loppuraportti. [Osata project 2007–2009. Closing report.] Kuurojen Liitto ry:n julkaisuja 59. Helsinki: Kuurojen Liitto ry.

Rajan S.I. and E.S. Rajan. 2019. Tamil Nadu migrants in the Gulf. In S. Rajan and P. Saxena (eds) India’s low-skilled migration to the Middle East. Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan.

Rajyashree, K. S. 2001. Kodava speech community: An ethnolinguistic study. Language in India 1. http://www.languageinindia.com/oct2001/kodavarajyashree.html. Accessed 15 October 2012.

Ramaswami, S., I. Sarraf, and J. Haydon. 2012. The benefits of the English language for individuals and societies: Quantitative indicators from Algeria, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Lebanon, Morocco, Tunisia, and Yemen, a custom report compiled by Euromonitor International for the British Council. London: Euromonitor International. https://englishagenda.britishcouncil.org/continuing-professional-development/cpd-researchers/benefits-english-language-individuals-and-societies-quantitative-indicators-algeria-egypt-iraq. Accessed 15 February 2018.

Ramsey, R. 1987. The languages of China. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Rangelov, T., T. Bratrud, and J. Barbour. 2019. Ahamb (Malekula, Vanuatu) – Language contexts. Language Documentation and Description 16:86–126.

Rarrick, S. 2018. Language contact, endangerment and change across modalities in Chimbu Province. Paper presented at the 10th International Austronesian and Papuan Languages and Linguistics Conference, University of Surrey, Guilford, 4 May 2018.

Rarrick, S. C. 2017. A tonal grammar of Kere (Papuan) in typological perspective. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawai’i at Mānoa.

Rashdan, A. S. 2016. Towards a syntactic analysis of Egyptian Sign Language. Master’s thesis, Alexandria University.

Rastogi, K. 2006. Challenges and responses to the survival of a tribal language ‘Raji’. In R. Elangaiyan, R. McKenna Brown, N. Ostler, and M. K. Verma (eds.), Vital voices: Endangered languages and multilingualism: Proceedings of the Tenth Foundation for Endangered Languages Conference, pp. 175–180. Mysore, India: Central Institute of Indian Languages and Foundation for Endangered Languages.

Rastogi, K. 2012. A descriptive grammar of Raji. Delhi: Aviram Prakashan.

Raymond, M. 2005. Kurap Sumai and Tool Mai: a comparative study of Arop-Lokep and Karnai, two Austronesian languages of Papua New Guinea. M.A. thesis, University of London.

Redinha, J. 1970. Distribuição étnica da Província de Angol. 6th edition. Angola: Centro de Informação e Turismo de Angola.

Reesink, G. 2005. Sulka of East New Britain: A mixture of Oceanic and Papuan traits. Oceanic Linguistics 40(1):145–193.

Reesink, G. P. 1976. Languages of the Aramia River area. In Papers in New Guinea linguistics, No. 19. Pacific Linguistics A-45. Canberra: Australian National University.

Regis, R. 2012. Su pianificazione, standardizzazione, polinomia: due esempi. Zeitschrift für Romanische Philologie 128(1):88–133.

Regmi, D. R. 2007. The Bhujel language. Ph.D. dissertation, Tribhuvan University.

Rehg, K. L. and B. W. Bender. 1990. Lexical transfer from Marshallese to Mokilese: A study in intra-Micronesian borrowing. Oceanic Linguistics 29:1–26.

Rehman, K. A. and J. L. G. Baart. 2005. A first look at the language of Kundal Shahi in Azad Kashmir. SIL Electronic Working Papers 2005-008. Dallas: SIL International. http://www.sil.org/silewp/abstract.asp?ref=2005-008. Accessed 15 October 2012.

Reid, L. A. 1971. Philippine minor languages: Word lists and phonologies. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication 8. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.

Reimer, J. 2022. The segmental phonology and tonology of Dye (Gangam) and its verb classification system. SIL e-Books 80. Dallas, TX: SIL International.

Reinecke, J., S. Tsuzaki, D. DeCamp, I. F. Hancock, and R. Wood (eds.). 1975. A bibliography of pidgin and creole languages. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication 14. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Reithofer, H. 2011. Skywalkers and cannibals: Chanted tales in the Angal (Mendi) language area. In A. Rumsey and D. Niles (eds.), Sung tales from the Papua New Guinea Highlands: Studies in form, meaning, and sociocultural context, pp. 207–245. Canberra: Australian National University.

Remijsen, A. C. L. 2001. Word-prosodic systems of Raja Ampat languages. Utrecht, The Netherlands: LOT (Netherlands Graduate School of Linguistics).

Rendón G., G. 2011. La lengua Umbra: Descubrimiento - Endolingüística - Arqueolingüística. Manizales: Zapata.

Rensch, C. R., C. M. Rensch, J. Noeb, and R. S. Ridu (eds.). 2006. The Bidayuh language: Yesterday, today and tomorrow. Kuching, Sarawak, Malaysia: Dayak Bidayuh National Association.

Rensch, C. R., S. J. Decker, and D. G. Hallberg. 1992. Languages of Kohistan. Sociolinguistic Survey of Northern Pakistan 1. Islamabad: National Institute of Pakistan Studies, Quaid-i-Azam University and Summer Institute of Linguistics. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/38565. Accessed 25 November 2015.

Rensch, C. R. 2006. Studies in the early Bidayuh language: Proto Bidayuh and its relatives. In C. R. Rensch, C. M. Rensch, J. Noeb, and R. S. Ridu (eds.), The Bidayuh language: Yesterday, today and tomorrow, pp. 135–442. Kuching, Sarawak, Malaysia: Dayak Bidayuh National Association.

Retsema, T., M. Potter, and R. Gray. 2009. Mungkip: An endangered language. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2009-015. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9185.

Reyes, A., C. Gimeno, M. Montañés, N. Sorolla, P. Esgluga, and J. P. Martínez. 2017. L’aragonés y lo catalán en l’actualidat: Analisi d’o censo de población y viviendas de 2011. Zaragoza: Seminario Aragonés de Sociolingüistica, University of Zaragoza.

Rhodes, R. A. 1976. The morphosyntax of the Central Ojibwa verb. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan.

Ribeiro, D. 1957. Culturas e linguas indígenas do Brasil. Educação e Ciencias Sociais 6. Rio de Janeiro: Centro Brasileiro de Pesquisas Educacionais.

Ribeiro, D. 1967. Indigenous Cultures and Languages of Brazil. In J. H. Hopper (ed.), Indians of Brazil in the twentieth century. Institute for Cross-Cultural Studies 2, pp. 77–165. Washington, D. C.: Institute for Cross-Cultural Research.

Richardson, D. and I. Tupper. 2013. The cases of Sos Kundi and Ambakich: Drawing language boundaries and assigning Names. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2013-005. Dallas: SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/52393.

Risnes, O. 1989. Rapport de l’enquête linguistique et sociolinguistique chez les mangisa. Yaoundé: SIL Cameroon.

Rivas, R. D. 1993. Pueblos indígenas y garífuna de Honduras: Una caracterización. Tegucigalpa, Honduras: Editorial Guaymuras.

Robbins, J. 2004. Becoming sinners: Christianity and moral torment in a Papua New Guinea society. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Roberts, D., and Walter, S. L. (eds.). 2021. Tone orthography and literacy: The voice of evidence in ten Niger-Congo languages. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Roberts, D. 2016. Word tone and tonal overwriting in Kabiye nouns, Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 37(1):131–160.

Roberts, J. 2019. ‘We live like this’: Local inequalities and disproportionate risk in the context of extractive development and climate change on New Hanover Island, Papua New Guinea. Oceania 89(1):68–88.

Robinson, L. C. 2011. Dupaningan Agta: grammar, vocabulary, and texts. Pacific Linguistics 635. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Robinson, S. 2011. Split intransitivity in Rotokas, a Papuan language of Bougainville. Ph.D. dissertation, Radboud University.

Rodrigues, A. D. 1986. Línguas brasileiras: Para o conhecimento das línguas indígenas. São Paulo: Loyola.

Rodrigues, A. D. 1999. Macro-Jê. In R. M. W. Dixon and A. Y. Aikhenvald (eds.), The Amazonian languages, pp. 164–206. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Rodriques, P. de Mendonça. 2021. Avá-Canoeiro. Povos Indígenas no Brasil. São Paulo: Instituto Socioambiental. https://pib.socioambiental.org/pt/Povo:Avá-Canoeiro.

Roesler, C. 1972. The phonology of the Ajam dialect of Asmat. M.A. thesis, Hartford Seminary Foundation.

Rogers, P. 2018. Documentation and description of Bitur, a Lower Fly language of Papua New Guinea, and preliminary investigation of the moribund Abom language. London: SOAS, Endangered Languages Archive. https://elar.soas.ac.uk/Collection/MPI1035092.

Roser, M and E. Ortiz-Ospina (eds.). 2018. Literacy. Our world in data. Oxford: University of Oxford. https://ourworldindata.org/literacy. Accessed 16 January 2018.

Ross, M. D. 1988. Proto Oceanic and the Austronesian languages of western Melanesia. Pacific Linguistics C-98. Canberra: Australian National University.

Ross, M. D. 2001. Is there an East Papuan phylum? Evidence from pronouns. In A. Pawley, M. Ross, and D. Tryon (eds.), The boy from Bundaberg: Studies in Melanesian linguistics in honour of Tom Dutton, pp. 301–322. Pacific Linguistics 514. Canberra: Australian National University.

Ross, M. D. 2002a. Jabêm. In J. Lynch, M. Ross and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 270–296. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Ross, M. D. 2002b. Kairiru. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 204–2015. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Ross, M. D. 2002c. Takia. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 216–248. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Ross, M. D. 2004a. Aspects of deixis in Takia. In G. Senft (ed.), Deixis and demonstratives in Oceanic languages, pp. 15–36. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Ross, M. D. 2005. Pronouns as a preliminary diagnostic for grouping Papuan languages. In A. Pawley, R. Attenborough, J. Golson, and R. Hide (eds.), Papuan pasts: Cultural, linguistics and biological histories of Papuan-speaking peoples, pp. 15–65. Pacific linguistics 572. Canberra: Australian National University.

Ross, M. D. 2009. Loanwords in Takia, an Oceanic language of Papua New Guinea. In M. Haspelmath and U. Tadmor (eds.), Loanwords in the world’s languages: A comparative handbook, pp. 747–770. Berlin: De Gruyer Mouton.

Roth, T. 2011. The genetic classification of Wungu: implications for Bantu historical linguistics. M.A. thesis, Trinity Western University.

Rowe, K. 2005. Siar-Lak grammar essentials. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 50. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Rozhanskiy, F. and E. Markus. 2017. Negation in Soikkola Ingrian. Finnisch-Ugrische Mitteilungen 41:189–219.

Ruch, E. and S. Quakenbush. 2006. Pronoun ordering and marking in Kalamiani. Paper presented at Tenth International Conference on Austronesian Linguistics, January 17–20, 2006. Puerto Princesa City, Palawan, Philippines. http://www-01.sil.org/asia/philippines/ical/papers/Quakenbush-Pronoun%20Ordering%20and%20Marking%20in%20Kalamianic.pdf. Accessed 16 Februaru 2016.

Rueck, M. and T. Jore. 2003. The sociolinguistic situation of the Sam people. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2003-019. Dallas: SIL International. http://www-01.sil.org/silesr/2003/silesr2003-019.pdf. Accessed 24 January 2018.

Rueck, M. J., M. Potter, and B. Vila. 2010. A sociolinguistic profile of the Tairuma [uar] language group. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2010-021. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics. https://www.silpacific.org/resources/archives/9032.

Ruff, N. J. 2005. Phonology of Lagwan. Yaoundé: SIL Cameroon. http://orthographyclearinghouse.org/papers/phonologyofLagwan.pdf.

Rugrand, S. and Valero, M. 2021. Los primeros desertores del arado: De quinquis a mercheros. El Salto. Medina del Campo (Valladolid): Cooperativa Editorial S.Coop. https://www.elsaltodiario.com/antropologia/quinquis-mercheros-primero-desertores-arado.

Ruhlen, M. 1987. A guide to the world’s language, vol. 1: Classification. Palo Alto: Stanford University Press.

Rumsey, A., L. W. Reed, and F. Merlan. 2020. Ku Waru clause chaining and the acquisition of complex syntax. Frontiers in Communication 5(19):1–30.

Saad, G. 2020. Variation and change in Abui: The impact of Alor Malay on an indigenous language of Indonesia. LOT Dissertation Series 560. Ph.D. dissertation, Netherlands National Graduate School of Linguistics.

Sackett, K. 2017. Community-driven goal centered orthography development: A Tsakhur case study. In M. Jones and D. Mooney, Creating orthographies for endangered languages, pp. 88–108. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Sáenz-Badillos, A. 1993. A history of the Hebrew language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Safar, J. 2021. What’s your sign for TORTILLA? Documenting lexical variation in Yucatec Maya Sign Languages. Language Documentation and Conservation 15:30–74.

Sagna, S. 2008. Formal and semantic properties of the Gújjolaay Eegimaa (a.k.a Banjal) nominal classification system. Ph.D. dissertation, University of London.

Sakiyama, O. 2000. Endangered languages of the Pacific Region. Kyoto: Osaka Gakuin University.

Sakiyama, O. 2007. Languages of the Pacific region: Malayo-Polynesian. In O. Miyaoka, O. Sakiyama, and M. E. Krauss (eds.), The Vanishing languages of the Pacific Rim, pp. 267–282. New York: Oxford University Press.

Salazar, O. 2008. Situación sociolingüística del pueblo Ulwa en la comunidad de Karawala (The sociolinguistic situation of the Ulwa people in the community of Karawala). In A. Koskinen (ed), El pueblo Ulwa: identidad y ambiente en un contexto multiétnico (The Ulwa people identity and environment, in multiethnic context), pp. 27–46. Bluefields, Nicaragua: University of the Autonomous Regions of the Nicaraguan Caribbean Coast.

de Sales, A. 1993. When the miners came to light: the Chantel of Dhaulagiri. In G. Toffin (ed.), Nepal past and present, pp. 91–97. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).

Sallabank, J. 2013. Attitudes to endangered languages: Identities and policies. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Sallagoity, P. 1975. The sign language of southern France. Sign Language Studies 7:181–202. http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/sign_language_studies/toc/sls.1007.html. Accessed 19 January 2016.

Salleh, H. (ed.). 2006. Peoples and traditions. Encyclopedia of Malaysia 12. Kuala Lumpur: Archipelago Press.

Salminen, T. 1997. Ecology and ethnic survival among the Nenets. In H. Shoji and J. Janhunen (eds.), Northern minority languages: Problems of survival, pp. 93–107. Senri Ethnological Studies 44. Osaka, Japan: National Museum of Ethnology.

Salminen, T. 1999. UNESCO Red book of endangered languages/Europe. http://www.helsinki.fi/~tasalmin/europe_index.html. Accessed 16 June 2017.

Salminen, T. 2007. Europe and North Asia. In C. Moseley (ed.), Encyclopedia of the world’s endangered languages, pp. 211–282. London: Routledge.

Sama, A. 2018. Description phonologique de l’akaselem: langue gur du sous-groupe gurma parlée au Togo. Doctoral dissertation, Université de Lomé.

Samarin, W. J. 1971. Adamawa-Eastern. In T. A. Sebeok (ed.), Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, pp. 213–244. Current Trends in Linguistics 7. The Hague: Mouton.

Sanada S. and Chien Y. 2012. Japanese-lexicon Creole in Taiwan. NINJAL project review 3(1):38–48.

Sandler, W., I. Meir, C. Padden, and M. Aronoff. 2005. The emergence of grammar in a new language. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 102(7):2661–2665. http://www.pnas.org/content/102/7/2661.full.

Sandman, E. 2016. A grammar of Wutun. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Helsinki.

Sanjabi, A., A. A. Behmanesh, A. Guity, S. Siyavoshi, M. Watkins, and J. A. Hochgesang. 2016. Zaban Eshareh Irani (ZEI) and its fingerspelling system. Sign Language Studies 16(4):500–534. DOI: 10.1353/sls.2016.0010.

Sankoff, G. 1968. Social aspects of multilingualism in New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, McGill University.

San Roque, L. 2015. Using you to get to me: Addressee perspective and speaker stance in Duna evidential marking. Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung 68(2):187–210. https://pure.mpg.de/rest/items/item_2175304_3/component/file_2226408/content.

San Roque, L. and R. Loughnane. 2012. Inheritance, contact and change in the New Guinea Highlands evidentiality area. In H. Hammarström and W. van den Heuvel (eds.), History, contact and classification of Papuan languages. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia special issue 2012, pt. 2, pp. 387–427. Port Moresby: Linguistics Society of Papua New Guinea.

Sapir, J. D. 1971. West Atlantic: An inventory of the languages, their noun class systems and consonant alternation. In T. A. Sebeok (ed.), Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, pp. 45–58. Current Trends in Linguistics 7. The Hague: Mouton.

Sapountzaki, G. 2015. Greek Sign Language. In J. B. Jepsen et al. (eds.), Sign languages of the world: A comparative handbook, pp. 317–334. Berlin: de Gruyter Mouton and Ishara Press.

Sarasin, P. and F. Sarasin. 1903. Ueber die Toala von Süd-Celebes. Globus 83:277–281.

Sarr, I. and I. Thiaw. 2012. Cultures, médias et diversité ethnique. La nationa sénégalaise face à la wolofisation. Sudlangues 18:1–17. http://www.sudlangues.sn/IMG/pdf/Sarr_Thiaw_A_N_SECK.pdf.

Sarvasy, Hannah S. 2014. A grammar of Nungon, a Papuan language of Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. thesis, James Cook University.

Sato, H. 2013. Grammar of Kove: an Austronesian language of the West New Britain province, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawai’i at Mānoa.

Schadeberg, T. C. and M. L. Bender (eds.). 1981. Nilo-Saharan: proceedings of the First Nilo-Saharan Linguistics Colloquium, Leiden, September 8–10, 1980. Dordrecht, Holland and Cinnaminson, NJ: Foris Publications.

Schapper, A. 2014. Kamang. In A. Schapper (ed.), Papuan languages of Timor-Alor-Pantar: Sketch grammars, vol.1, pp. 223–274. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Schenker, A. M. and E. Stankiewicz (eds.). 1980. The Slavic literary languages: Formation and development. New Haven: Yale Concilium on International and Area Studies.

Schermer, T. 2012. Language Planning. In R. Pfau, M. Steinbach, and B. Woll (eds.), Sign language: an international handbook, pp. 889–908. Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science 37. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Schliesinger, J. 2001. Tai groups of Thailand, vol. 2: Profile of the existing groups. Bangkok: White Lotus Press.

Schliesinger, J. 2003a. Ethnic groups of Laos, vol. 3: Profile of Austro‑Thai speaking peoples. Bangkok: White Lotus Press.

Schliesinger, J. 2003b. Ethnic groups of Laos, vol. 2: Profile of Austro-Asiatic speaking peoples. Bangkok: White Lotus Press.

Schliesinger, J. 2003c. Ethnic groups of Laos, vol. 4: Sino-Tibetan speaking peoples. Bangkok: White Lotus Press.

Schliesinger, J. 2003d. Ethnic groups of Laos, vol. 1: Introduction and Overview. Bangkok: White Lotus Press.

Schliesinger, J. 2011. Ethnic groups of Cambodia, vol. 2: Profile of Austro‑Asiatic-speaking peoples. Bangkok: White Lotus Press.

Schmaling, C. H. 2015. Hausa Sign Language. In In J. B. Jepsen, G. De Clerck, S. Lutalo-Klingi and W. B. McGregor (eds.), Sign languages of the world: A comparative handbook, pp. 362–389. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Schmidt, A. 1990. The loss of Australia’s Aboriginal language heritage. The Institute Report Series. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press.

Schmidt, H. 2002. Rotuman. In J. Lynch, M. Ross, and T. Crowley (eds.), The Oceanic languages, pp. 815–832. Curzon Language Family Series 1. Richmond, UK: Curzon Press.

Schmitt, R. (ed.). 1989. Compendium Linguarum Iranicarum. Wiesbaden: L. Reichert.

Schneider, C. 2010. A grammar of Abma: A language of Pentecost Island, Vanuatu. Pacific Linguistics 608. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Schneider, K. 2018. Matrilineal kinship at sea in Bougainville, PNG. Humaniora 30(3):223–236.

Schnell, S. 2011. A grammar of Vera’a: an Oceanic language of North Vanuatu. https://www.academia.edu/2317752.

Schokkin, D. 2020. A grammar of Paluai: The language of Baluan Island, Papua New Guinea. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Schooling, S. 1990. Language maintenance in Melanesia: Sociolinguistics and social networks in New Caledonia. Publications in Linguistics 91. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington.

Schorer, N. 2016. The Dura language: Grammar and phylogeny. Leiden: Brill.

Schreiber, L. 2015. Assessing sociolinguistic vitality: An attitudinal study of Rumca (Romeyka). M.A. thesis, Free University of Berlin.

Schreyer, C. 2017. Reflections on the Kala Biŋatuwã, a three-year-old alphabet in Papua New Guinea. In M. C. Jones and D. Mooney, Creating orthographies for endangered languages, pp. 126–141. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Schuh, R. G. 2001. Shira, Teshena, Auyo: Hausa’s (former) eastern neighbors. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika 16/17:387–435.

Schuit, J., A. Baker, and R. Pfau. 2011. Inuit Sign Language: A contribution to sign language typology. Linguistics in Amsterdam 4(1). http://www.linguisticsinamsterdam.nl/home?issue=41.

Schuit, J. 2012. Signing in the Arctic: external influences on Inuit sign language. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities, pp. 181–208. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Schütz, A. J. 1972. The languages of Fiji. Oxford: Clarendon.

Scott, G. R., H. Kim, B. E. W. Rumaropen, E. L. Scott, C. G. Nussy, A. C. M. Yumbi, and R. C. Cochran. 2008. Tong pu bahasa: A preliminary report on some linguistic and sociolinguistic features of Papuan Malay. Sentani, Indonesia: SIL International.

Sebeok, T. A. (ed.). 1963. Soviet and East European linguistics. Current Trends in Linguistics 1. The Hague: Mouton.

Sebeok, T. A. (ed.). 1967. Linguistics in East Asia and Southeast Asia. Current Trends in Linguistics 2. The Hague: Mouton.

Sebeok, T. A. (ed.). 1970. Linguistics in Southwest Asia and North Africa. Current Trends in Linguistics 6. The Hague: Mouton.

Sebeok, T. A. (ed.). 1971. Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa. Current Trends in Linguistics 7. The Hague: Mouton.

Segerer, G. 2010. Some hypotheses about possible isolates within the Atlantic branch of the Niger-Congo phylum. Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 36:368–381.

Seiler, W. 1985. Imonda, a Papuan Language. Pacific Linguistics B-93. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Senft, G. 2010. Culture change—language change: missionaries and moribund varieties of Kilivila. In G. Senft (ed.), Endangered Austronesian and Australian Aboriginal languages: Essays on language documentation, archiving, and revitalization, pp. 69–95. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Senft, G. 2020. “... to grasp the native’s point of view ...” — A plea for a holistic documentation of the Trobriand Islanders’ language, culture and cognition. Russian Journal of Linguistics 24:7–30.

Senghas, A. and M. Coppola. 2011. Getting to the point: How a simple gesture became a linguistic element in Nicaraguan signing. In G. Mathur and D. J. Napoli, Deaf around the world: the impact of language, pp. 127–143. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Shackelford, S. 2020. The Kurux (Uranw) language in Nepal and its relationship to Kurukh in India: A sociolinguistic study. Dallas: SIL International.

Shackle, C. 1979. Problems of classification in Pakistan Panjab. Transactions of the Philological Society 77(1):191–210.

Shackle, C. 1980. Hindko in Kohat and Peshawar. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 43(3):482–510.

Shafiq, M. and M. Afzal. 2020. Potential of virtual design construction technologies to improve job-site safety in Gulf Corporation Council. Sustainability 12(9):3826.

Shappeck, M. 2011. Quichua-Spanish language contact in Salcedo, Ecuador: Revisiting Media Lengua syncretic language practices. Ph.D. dissertation. Urbana, Illinois: University of Illinois.

Sharma, D. D. 1989. Tibeto-Himalayan languages of Uttarkhand, Part 1. Studies in Tibeto-Himalayan languages. New Delhi: Mittal Publications.

Sharma, D. D. 1994. A comparative grammar of Tibeto Himalayan languages of Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand. Studies in Tibeto-Himalayan Languages. New Delhi: Mittal Publications.

Sharma, S. R. 2001. A sketch of Byangsi grammar. In Y. Nagano and R. LaPolla (eds.), New research on Zhangzhung and related Himalayan languages. Osaka: National Museum of Ethnology.

Shashi, P. and S. S. Shri. 1994. Encyclopedia of Indian tribes. New Delhi: Anmol Publications.

Shaw, B. 2008. Community-based health needs assessment: Mannan community of Kozhimala. M.P.H. thesis. Fort Worth: University of North Texas Health Science Center.

Shaw, R. D. 1973. A tentative classification of the languages of the Mt. Bosavi Region. In K. J. Franklin Jr. (ed.), The linguistic situation in the Gulf District and adjacent areas, Papua New Guinea, pp. 187–215. Pacific Linguistics C-26. Canberra: Australian National University.

Shaw, R. D. 1986. The Bosavi language family. Pacific Linguistics A-70. Canberra: Australian National University.

Shearer, W. and Sun Hong Kai. 2002. Speakers of the Non-Han languages and dialects in China. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press.

Shearer, W. and Sun Hong Kai. 2017. An encyclopedia of the 140 languages of China: Speakers, dialects, linguistic elements, script, and distribution, in 3 vols. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press.

Shibatani, M. 1990. The languages of Japan. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Shimunek, A. 2014. Phonological and literary characteristics of some pieces of Khamnigan oral folklore. Altai Hakpo 24:115–128.

Shryock, A. and M. Brahim. 2014. Lexique pratique du lagwan. Yaoundé, Cameroon: SIL.

Sidwell, P. and P. Jacq. 2003. A handbook of comparative Bahnaric, vol. 1: West Bahnaric. Pacific Linguistics 551. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.

Sifuma, D. 1997. A description and analysis of the morphosyntax of Mape verbs. B.A. honors subthesis, University of Papua New Guinea.

Simeone-Senelle, M. C. 2010. Mehri and Hobyot spoken in Oman and in Yemen. https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00907743/document.

Simons, G. F., A. L. Thomas, and C. K. White. 2022. Assessing digital language support on a global scale. In Proceedings of the 29th International Conference on Computational Linguistics, pp. 4299–4305. Gyeongju: Republic of Korea. https://aclanthology.org/2022.coling-1.379.

Simons, G. F. 2019. Two centuries of spreading language loss. In P. Farrell (ed.) Proceedings of the Linguistic Society of America 4(27):1–12. http://dx.doi.org/10.3765/plsa.v4i1.4532.

Singapore Association for the Deaf. 2016. Annual Report of the Singapore Association for the Deaf, 2015/2016. http://sadeaf.org.sg/wp-content/uploads/Annual-Report_2015-2016.pdf.

Singh, K. S., B. K. Bardoloi, and R. K. Athaparia (eds.). 2003. Assam. People of India, vol. 15. Calcutta: Seagull Books.

Singh, K. S. (ed.). 1994a. Andaman and Nicobar Islands. People of India 12. Oxford and Calcutta: Anthropolgocal Survey of India with Oxford University Press.

Singh, K. S. (ed.). 1994b. The scheduled tribes. People of India 3. Calcutta and Delhi: Anthropological Survey of India with Oxford University Press.

Singh, K. S. (ed.). 1995a. Arunachal Pradesh. People of India 14. Calcutta and Oxford: Anthropological Survey of Indian with Oxford University Press.

Singh, K. S. (ed.). 1995b. The scheduled castes, revised, vol. 2. People of India. Delhi: Anthropological Survey of India with Oxford University Press.

Singh, K. S. (ed.). 1998a. India’s communities. People of India 4, 5, 6. Delhi: Anthropological Survey of India with Oxford University Press.

Singh, K. S. (ed.). 1998b. Manipur. People of India 31. Calcutta and Oxford: Anthropological Survey of India with Oxford University Press.

Singh, K. S. and S. Manoharan (eds.). 1993. Languages and scripts. People of India 9. Delhi: Anthropological Survey of India with Oxford University Press.

Singh, N. 1972. Bhutan: A kingdom in the Himalayas. New Delhi: Thomson.

Sinha, R. 1962. The Akas. Shillong: Research Dept. Advisor’s Secretariat.

Skutnabb-Kangas, T. 2000. Linguistic Genocide in Education—Or Worldwide Diversity and Human Rights? Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Slater, K. W. 2018. Morphological innovations in Mangghuer and Shirongolic. In S. Floyd, E. Norcliffe, and L. San Roque (eds.), Egophoricity, pp. 225–267. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Slotta, J. 2012. Dialect, trope, and enregisterment in a Melanesian speech community. Language and Communication 32(1):1–13.

Slotta, J. 2014. Documenting Yopno diversity: Dialect variation in a Papuan Language. London: SOAS, Endangered Languages Archive. https://elar.soas.ac.uk/Collection/MPI43302.

Slotta, J. 2015. The perlocutionary is political: Listening as self-determination in a Papua New Guinean polity. Language in Society 44:525–552.

Smalley, W. A. 1976. Phonemes and orthography: Language planning in ten minority languages of Thailand. Pacific Linguistics C-43. Canberra: Australian National University.

Smalley, W. A. 1994. Linguistic diversity and national unity: Language ecology in Thailand. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Smallhorn, J. M. 2011. The Binanderean languages of Papua New Guinea: reconstruction and subgrouping. Pacific Linguistics 625. Canberra: Australian National University.

Smith, B. J. 2022. A sociolinguistic study of Pahari: a language of Nepal. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2022-003.

Smith, E. L. 2015. A grammar of Papapana, with an investigation into language contact and endangerment. Ph.D. dissertation, The University of Newcastle, Australia.

Smith, K. D. 1968. Sedang dialects. M.A. thesis, University of North Dakota.

Smith, K. D. 1972. A phonological reconstruction of Proto-North-Bahnaric. Language Data-Asia Pacific Studies 3. Santa Ana: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Smith, K. D. 1973. Eastern North Bahnaric: Cua and Kotua. Mon-Khmer Studies 4:113–118.

Smith, K. D. 1984. The languages of Sabah: A tentative lexicostatistical classification. In King, J. K. and King, J. W. (eds.), Languages of Sabah: A survey report, pp. 1–49. Pacific Linguistics C-78. Canberra: Australian National University.

Smith-Dennis, E. 2020. A grammar of Papapana: An Oceanic language of Bougainville, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics 659. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Smolders, J. A. G. 2019. Nominal and verbal number in Bilugu Opo. Studies in African Linguistics 48(1):133–184.

Sneddon, J. 2003. The Indonesian language: its history and role in modern society. Sydney: University of New South Wales Press.

Sommer, G. 1992. A survey on language death in Africa. In M. Brenzinger (ed.), Language death: Factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa, pp. 301–417. Contributions to the Sociology of Language 64. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Soravia, G. 2002. The Alas language (northern Sumatra). Bologna: Bologna University.

Soriente, A. 2003. A classification of Kenyah variants in Sarawak and Kalimantan. Ph.D., Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia.

Soriente, A. 2005. Linguistic classifications and local epistemology in Borneo: The case of Kenyah languages. Paper presented at International ATMA-IKON Conference: The Languages and Literatures of Western Borneo: 144 years of research, 30 January–1 February 2005. Univesiti Kebangsaan Malaysia.

Soriente, A. 2006. Mencaleny and Usung Bayung Marang: A collection of Kenyah stories in the Oma Longh and Lebu’ Kulit language. Jakarta: Atma Jaya University Press.

de Sousa, H. 2006. The Menggwa Dla language of New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Sydney.

Spaulding, C. and P. Spaulding. 1994. Phonology and grammar of Nankina. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 41. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Spencer, J., S. Van Cott, and B. MacKenzie. 2013. A sociolinguistic survey of the Amio-Gelimi language area. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2013-017:1–100.

Spitzack, J. A. 1984. The Murutic language family. In J. K. King and J. Wayne (eds.). Languages of Sabah: A survey report, pp. 155–223. Pacific Linguistics C-78. Canberra: Australian National University.

Stanley, G. E. 1968. The indigenous languages of South West Africa. Anthropological Linguistics 10:5–18.

Starr, A. 1997. Usage des langues et les attitudes sociolinguistiques - cas des locuteurs de melokwo. Yaoundé: SIL Cameroon.

Statezni N., C. Statezni, and E. Dawkins. 2007. A sociolinguistic survey of Nyah Kur in Northeastern Thailand. Chiang Mai: Payap University.

Statistical Bureau of Yunnan Province. 2004. Yunnan Statistical Yearbook, vol. 20. Yunnan: China Statistics Press.

Stebbins, T., B. Evans, and A. Terrill. 2018. The Papuan languages of Island Melanesia. In B. Palmer (ed.), The languages and linguistics of the New Guinea Area: A comprehensive guide, pp. 775–894. World of Linguistics 4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Stebbins, T. N. and J. Tayul. 2012. Mali (Baining) dictionary. Pacific Linguistics 623. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Stefánsdóttir, V., A. P. Kristinsson, and J. G. Hreinsdóttir. 2019. In De Meulder, J. Murray, and R. McKee (eds). The legal recognition of sign languages: Advocacy and outcomes around the world ch. 15. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Steinhauer, H. 2014. Blagar. In A. Schapper (ed.), Papuan languages of Timor, Alor and Pantar: Sketch grammars vol. 1, pp. 115–172. Pacific Linguistics 644. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Stephens, M. 1976. Linguistic minorities in western Europe. Llandysul, Wales: Gomer.

Stevens, A. M. 1968. Madurese phonology and morphology. New Haven: American Oriental Society.

Stevenson, R. C. 1984. The Nuba people of Kordofan Province: An ethnographic survey. Khartoum: Graduate College, University of Khartoum.

Stewart, J. M. 1971. Niger-Congo, Kwa. In T. Sebeok (ed.), Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, pp. 179–212. Current Trends in Linguistics 7. The Hague: Mouton.

Stewart, P. J., A. J. Strathern, and J. Trantow. 2011. Melpa-German-English dictionary. Pittburgh: University Library System, University of Pittsburgh.

Stewart, P. J. and A. Strathern. 2002. Power and placement in blood Practices. Ethnology 41(4):349–363.

Stewart, W. A. 1968. A sociolinguistic typology for describing national multilingualism. In J. A. Fishman (ed.), Readings in the sociology of language, pp. 530–553. The Hague: Mouton.

Stilo, D. 1981. The Tati language group in the sociolinguistic context of Northwestern Iran and Transcaucasia. Iranian Studies 14(3/4):137–187.

Stober, S. F. 2013. Mato grammar sketch. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 59. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Stoop, M. 2014. Word Play in Dutch Sign Language. Video. http://www.endangeredlanguages.com/lang/7354/samples/6044. Accessed 16 February 2015.

Storch, A. 1999. Das Hone und seine Stellung im Zentral-Jukunoid. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Storck, M. and K. Storck. 2005. Ayta Mag-Antsi–English dictionary. Manila: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Strack, P. 2017. Warum das Westjiddische sterben musste (Why Western Yiddish had to die: A contribution to research into the causes of the decline of the West Yiddish language). Munich: GRIN Verlag. https://www.grin.com/document/385842.

Strand, R. F. 1973. Notes on the Nuristani and Dardic languages. Journal of the American Oriental Society 93(3):297–305.

Strand, R. F. 2001. The tongues of Peristân. In A. M. Cacopardo and A. S. Cacopardo (eds.), Gates of Peristân: History, religion and society in the Hindu Kush, pp. 251–259. Rome: Instituto Italiano per l’Africa e l’Oriente.

Strecker, D. 1987. The Hmong-Mien languages. Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area 10(2):1–11.

Strecker, D. 1989. Hmongic noun prefixes. Paper presented at Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, December 1989. Washington, D. C.

Streicher, J. F. 1982. Jabêm-English Dictionary. Pacific Linguistics C-68. Canberra: Australian National University.

Ström, E. 2013. The Ndengeleko language of Tanzania. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Gothenburg.

Stutzman, R. and V. Stutzman. 2016. Tauade - English Dictionary. Dallas: SIL International. www.webonary.org/tauade.

Sullivan, N, F. Akuani, M. Angasa, J. Kunoko, J. Rainbubu, D. Tira, T. Warr, and C. Dominic. 2003. An ethnographic survey of the Kenege, Araka, Yagovat and Ivorab people within The Nature Conservancy’s project zone of the Almami Local Level Government, Bogia District, Madang Province. Madang: Nancy Sullivan Ltd. https://www.academia.edu/4492608/An_ethnographic_survey_of_the_Kenege_Araka_Yagovat_and_Ivorab_people_within_The_Nature_Conservancys_project_zone_of_the_Almami_LLG.

Sumbuk, K. M. 2006. Papua New Guinea’s languages: Will they survive? In D. Cunningham, D. E. Ingram, and K. Sumbuk (eds.), Language diversity in the Pacific: Endangerment and survival, pp. 85–96. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Limited.

Sun Hongkai. 1988. Notes on Anong, a new language. Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area 11(1):27–63.

Sun Hong Kai. 2005. The Anong language: Studies of a language in decline. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 173:143–157.

Sun Hong Kai and Liu Guangkun. 2009. A grammar of Anong: Language death under intense contact. Brill’s Tibetan Studies Library 9. Leiden: Brill.

Suter, E. and T. Usher. 2017. The Kamula-Elevala language family. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 35:106–131.

Suwannaraj, T. 1980. The phonology of the Nyeu language. M.A. thesis, Mahidol University, Thailand.

Suwilai, P. 1986. Phonological characteristics of So (Thavung), a Vietic language of Thailand. Mon-Khmer Studies 26:161–178.

Suwilai, P. et al. 2004. Ethnolinguistic Maps of Thailand. Ministry of Culture and Mahidol University.

Svantesson, J. and A. Holmer. 2015. Kammu. In M. Jenny and P. Sidwell (eds.), The handbook of Austroasiatic languages, pp. 955–1002. Leiden: Brill.

Svartholm, K. 2010. Bilingual education for deaf children in Sweden. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 13(2):159–174. http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13670050903474077#tabModule. Accessed 4 February 2016.

Sweet, P. 2014. The final leg in Papua New Guinea. From the Field (blog of the American Museum of Natural History). November 12, 2014. https://www.amnh.org/explore/news-blogs/from-the-field-posts/the-final-leg-in-papua-new-guinea.

Sze, F., A. Wong, M. Wei, Chi SanAo, HoMan Un, KaWengU and KamSun Wong. 2016. Preliminary documentation of Macau Sign Language. Paper presented at Twelfth International Conference on Theoretical Issues in Sign Language Research, 4–7 January 2016, Melbourne.

S’hiri, S. 1994. Tunisia: Language situation. In R. E. Asher and J. M. Y. Simpson (eds.), The encyclopedia of language and linguistics, 1st ed., vol. 9, p. 4777. New York: Pergamon.

Taha, T. 2012. The influence of Dongolawi Nubian on Sudan Arabic. California Linguistic Notes 37(2):1–17.

Takkinen, R., T. Jantunen, and O. Ahonen. 2015. Finnish Sign language. In J. B. Jepsen, G. De Clerk, S. Lutalo-Kiingi, and W. B. McGregor (eds.), Sign languages of the world, pp. 253–271. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton and Ishara Press.

Takougnadi, Y. 2016. Description phonologique et morphologique du bago, une langue gurunsi. Thèse de doctorat, Université de Lomé.

Tallman, A. J. 2018. A grammar of Chácobo, a southern Pano language of the northern Bolivian Amazon. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas at Austin.

Tamanji, P. 2009. A descriptive grammar of Bafut. Grammatical Analyses of African Languages 29. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.

Tamene, E. H. 2016. Language use in Ethiopian Sign Language. Sign Language Studies 16(3):307–329.

Tateyama, H. 2006. Tuban: History, tradition, and identity among the Tolai of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, University of British Columbia.

Taumoefolau, M., D. Starks, K. Davis and A. Bell. 2002. Linguists and language maintenance: Pasifika languages in Manukau, New Zealand. Oceanic Linguistics 41(1):15–27.

Taylor, B. K. 1962. The Western Lacustrine Bantu. London: International African Institute.

Taylor, I. 1997. Buddhas in disguise. San Diego, CA: Dawn Sign Press.

Taylor, M. A. 2015. Nukna grammar sketch. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 61. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

Telban, B. 2017. Commands as a form of intimacy among the Karawari of Papua New Guinea. In A. Y. Aikhenvald and R. M. W. Dixon (eds.), Commands: A cross-linguistic typology, pp. 266–282. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Tempesta, G. A. 2009. Travessia de Banzeiros. Historicidade e Organizacao Sociopolitica Apiaka. Ph.D. dissertation. Departamento de Antropologia, Universidade de Brasilia.

Temple, O. and C. L. Temple. 1922. Notes on the tribes, provinces, emirates and states of the northern provinces of Nigeria. Cape Town: Argus Printing and Publishing Co.

Teng, S. Fang-Ching. 2008. A reference grammar of Puyuma, an Austronesian language of Taiwan. Pacific Linguistics 595. Canberra: Australian National University.

Tesfaye, W. 2016. The grammar of Mosittacha. Addis Ababa: Academy of Ethiopian Languages and Cultures, Addis Ababa University Printing Press.

Thomas, D. D. 1969. Mon-Khmer subgroupings in Vietnam. Mon-Khmer Studies 3:74–75.

Thomas, D. D. 1976. South Bahnaric and other Mon-Khmer numeral systems. Linguistics 174:65–80.

Thomas, D. D. 1980. The place of Alak, Tampuan, and West Bahnaric. Mon-Khmer Studies 8:171–186.

Thomas, D. D. and R. K. Headley, Jr. 1970. More on Mon-Khmer subgroupings. Lingua 25:398–418.

Thongkum, T. L. 1984. Rhythmic groups and stress groups in Thai. Paper presented at International Conference on Thai Studies Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok.

Thongkum, T. L. 1985. Minority languages of Thailand. Science of language 5:29–74.

Thornell, Christina, Marie Diouf, Mamadou Diouf, Ibrahima Ciss, Abdoulaye Diouf, and Fatou Diouf. 2017. Paloor au Sénégal, sa vitalité est-elle en déclin? SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2017-012.

Thorvaldsdóttir, K. L., and V. Stefánsdóttir. 2015. Icelandic Sign Language. In J. B. Jepsen, G. De Clerck, S. Lutalo-Klingi, and W. B. McGregor (eds.), Sign languages of the world: A comparative handbook, pp. 409–429. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Thurgood, G., E. Thurgood, and L. Fengxiang. 2014. A grammatical sketch of Hainan Cham: History, contact, and phonology. Pacific Linguistics 643. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Thurgood, G. and R. LaPolla (eds.). 2003. The Sino-Tibetan languages. London: Routledge.

Thurston, E. and K. Rangachari. 1909. Castes and tribes of Southern India, vol. 5. Madras: Madras Government Press.

Tida, S. 2006. A grammar of the Dom language: A Papuan language of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, Kyoto University.

Tiendrebeogo, G. 1983. Langues et groupes ethniques de Haute Volta. Abidjan: Institut de Linguistique Appliquee et l’Agence de Cooperation Culturelle et Technique.

Tiendrebeogo, G. and Z. Yago. 1983. Situation des langues parlées en Haute Volta. Abidjan: Institut de Linguistique Appliquee et l’Agence de Cooperation Culturelle et Technique.

Timmermans, N. 2005. The status of sign languages in Europe. Strasbourg: Council of Europe Publishing. http://www.coe.int/t/e/social_cohesion/soc-sp/5720-0-ID2283-Langue%20signe_GB%20assemble.pdf. Accessed 18 January 2016.

Tiote, B. 2017. Description systematique du Bɛrɛ. Ph.D. dissertation, Université Félix Houphouët-Boigny.

Tjia, J. 2007. A Grammar of Mualang: An Ibanic language of Western Kalimantan, Indonesia. Leiden, Netherlands: Netherlands Graduate School of Linguistics.

Toba, S., I. Toba, and N. K. Rai. 2002. UNESCO Language survey report: Nepal. Kathmandu: UNESCO.

Toba, S., I. Toba, and N. K. Rai. 2005. Diversity and endangerment of languages of Nepal. UNESCO Kathmandu Series of Monographs and Working Papers, no. 7. Kathmandu: UNESCO.

Toba, S. 1976. National language and ethnic minority languages in Nepal. Symposium Nepal Japan Nepal Society 4:30–36.

Toba, S. 1983. A phonological reconstruction of Proto-Northern Rai. M.A. thesis, University of Texas at Arlington.

Toba, S. 1991. A bibliography of Nepalese languages and linguistics. Kathmandu: Linguistic Society of Nepal.

Todd, E. M. 1975. The Solomon language family. In S. A. Wurm (ed.), New Guinea area languages and language study, vol. 1, Papuan languages and the New Guinea linguistic scene, pp. 805–846. Pacific Linguistics C-38. Canberra: Australian National University.

Todd, L. and I. F. Hancock. 1986. International English usage. London: Croom Helm.

Todd, L. and P. Mühlhäusler. 1978. Idiomatic expressions in Cameroon Pidgin English and Tok Pisin. Pacific Linguistics Occasional Papers A-54:1–32.

Tommasino, K. and R. S. Fernandes. 2018. Kaingang. Povos Indígenas no Brasil. São Paulo: Instituto Socioambiental. https://pib.socioambiental.org/en/Povo:Kaingang.

Tong, E. 2005. A survey report on the usability of two Gbaya translations among the Gbaya-Mbodomo people of east Cameroon. Yaoundé: SIL Cameroon.

Torwali, Z. 2018. Language revitalization—A case study of Torwali. Criterion Quarterly 12(4).

Torwali, Z. 2020. Countering the challenges of globalization faced by endangered languages of North Pakistan. In Peter K. Austin (ed.), Language Documentation and Description 17, 44–65. London: SOAS.

Torwali, Z. 2021. My Dardistan and its linguistic tapestry. Criterion Quarterly 16(2). https://criterion- quarterly.com/my-dardistan-and-its-linguistic-tapestry.

Tourneux, H., C. Seignobos, and F. Lafarge. 1986. Les mbara et leur langue (Tchad). Langues et cultures africaines 6. Leuven, Belgium: Peeters Publishers.

Tourneux, H. 2004. Les marques personnelles en kotoko et en mafa/wandala. In D. Ibriszimow and G. Segerer (eds.), Systèmes de marques personnelles en Afrique, pp. 199–212. Paris: Peeters.

Tovar, A. 1961. Catálogo de las lenguas de América del Sur. Buenos Aires: Editorial Sudamérica.

Tovar, A. 1966. Notas de campo sobre el idioma Chorote. In A. J. Núñez (ed.), XXXVI Congreso Internacional de Americanistas, España 1964: Actas y Memorias, Tomo 2, pp. 221–227. Sevilla: Congreso Internacional de Americanistas.

Tovar, A. and C. Larrucea de Tovar. 1984. Catálogo de las lenguas de América del Sur con clasificaciones, indicaciones tipológicas, bibliografía y mapas. Madrid: Gredos.

Toyoda, Y. 1998. To which bird do you belong?: Totemic belief among the Mari, Papua New Guinea. Senri Ethnological Studies 47:61–77.

Tracer, D. P. 2003. Selfishness and fairness in economic and evolutionary perspective: An experimental economic study in Papua New Guinea. Current Anthropology 44(3):432–438.

Traill, A. 1995. The Khoesan languages of South Africa. In R. Mesthrie (ed.), Language and social history: Studies in South African sociolinguistics, pp. 1–18. Cape Town: David Philip Publishers.

Traill, A. 2002. The Khoesan languages. In R. Mesthrie (ed.), Language in South Africa, pp. 27–49. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Troyer, D., P. Huey, and J. Mbongue. 1995. A rapid appraisal survey of Mmen (ALCAM 821) and Aghem dialects (ALCAM 810), Menchum Division, North-West Province. Yaoundé: SIL Cameroon. http://www.silcam.org/languages/languagepage.php?languageid=5. Accessed 28 January 2016.

Trudgill, P. (ed.). 1984. Language in the British Isles. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Tryon, D. 2010. The languages of Espiritu Santo, Vanuatu. In J. Bowden, N. P. Himmelmann, and M. Ross (eds.), A journey through Austronesian and Papuan linguistic and cultural space: papers in honour of Andrew K. Pawley, pp. 283–290. Canberra: Australian National University.

Tryon, D. T. (ed.). 1995. Comparative Austronesian dictionary: An introduction to Austronesian studies. Parts 1–4. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Tryon, D. T. 1971. The contemporary language situation in the New Hebrides. Paper presented at 28th International Congress of Orientalists, January 1971. Canberra, Australia.

Tryon, D. T. 1976. New Hebrides languages: An internal classification. Pacific Linguistics C-50. Canberra: Australian National University.

Tryon, D. T. 1978. The languages of the New Hebrides: Internal and external relationships. In S. A. Wurm and L. Carrington (eds.), Second International Conference on Austronesian Languages: Proceedings fascicle 1, pp. 877–902. Pacific Linguistics C-61. Canberra: Australian National University.

Tryon, D. T. 1982. Towards a classification of Solomon Islands languages. In A. Halim, L. Carrington, and S. A. Wurm (eds.), Papers from the Third International Conference on Austronesian Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 97–108. Pacific Linguistics C-74. Canberra: Australian National University.

Tryon, D. T. and B. D. Hackman. 1983. Solomon Islands languages: An internal classification. Pacific Linguistics C-72. Canberra: Australian National University.

Tshonda, J. (ed.). 2011. Maniema: Espace et vies. Brussels: Le Cri edition.

Tsourma, I. 2018. Variation in mouthing occurrence in Greek Sign Language (GSL); the case of register and grammatical class. M.A. thesis, University of Birmingham.

Tsuchida, S. 1976. Reconstruction of Proto-Tsouic phonology. Tokyo: Institute for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa, University of Foreign Language.

Tsuchida, S. 1982. Most persistent words in vanishing languages: The case of Papora (Taiwan). In C. von Rainer et al (eds). Gava’: Studies in Austronesian languages and cultures: Dedicated to Hans Kähler, pp. 463–477. Berlin: Reimer.

Tsukida, N. and S. Tsuchida. 2007. Indigenous languages of Formosa. In O. Miyaoka, O. Sakiyama, and M. E. Krauss (eds.), The vanishing languages of the Pacific Rim, pp. 285–300. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Tucker, A. N. and M. A. Bryan. 1956. The non-Bantu languages of north-eastern Africa with a supplement on the non-Bantu languages by E. O. J. Westphal. Handbook of African languages 3. London and New York: Oxford University Press for International African Institute.

Tupper, I. 2012. A grammar of Pamosu. Ph.D. dissertation, LaTrobe University.

Turin, M. 1999. Whence Thangmi? Historical ethnography and comparative morphology. In Y. P. Yadava and W. G. Glover (eds.), Topics in Nepalese Linguistics, pp. 451–477. Kathmandu: Royal Nepal Academy.

Tuwakham, M. 2005. Language vitality and language attitudes among the Yong people in Lamphun Province: A sociolinguistic study. M.A. thesis, Payap University, Chiang Mai, Thailand.

UNESCO. 2002. UNESCO Language Survey Report: Nepal. Kathmandu: UNESCO. http://un.org.np/node/10654. Accessed 20 January 2016.

Ungsitipoonporn, S. and K. Laparporn. 2019. Comparison of approaches for language revitalization of Northern Khmer in Thailand. International Journal of Society, Culture, and Language 7(1):52–66.

Uringa, B. 2002. We have work to do! Strengthening *Tokples* through scripture use. READ 37:2.

Usher, T. and E. Suter. 2015. The Anim languages of southern New Guinea. Oceanic Linguistics 54:110–142.

Üzüm, M. and N. Demir. 2017. Minority language education and policy in Turkey: The case of Cankiri Poshas. Journal of Universality of Global Education Issues 4:1–21.

Vaa, A. 2013. A grammar of Engdewu, an Oceanic language of the Solomon Islands. Ph.D. thesis. University of Oslo.

VanBik, K. 2006. Proto-Kuki-Chin. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Berkeley.

Van Breugel, S. 2014. A grammar of Atong. Leiden: Brill.

Van Cleve, J. V. (ed.). 1986. Encyclopedia of Deaf people and deafness. Washington, D. C.: Gallaudet University.

Van Cott, S., J. Spencer, and B. MacKenzie. 2011. A sociolinguistic survey of Ambul. SIL Electronic Survey Reports 2011-050:1–89.

van Dasselaar, R. 2019. Topics in the grammar of Binumarien: Tone and switch reference in a Kainantu language of Papua New Guinea. M.A. thesis, University of Leiden.

van den Berg, R. and B. Wiebe. 2019. Bola grammar sketch. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 63. Ukarumpa, Papua New Guinea: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

van den Berg, R. and P. Bachet. 2006. Vitu grammar sketch. Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages 51. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics. https://www.sil.org/resources/archives/23711.

van den Heuvel, W. 2006. Biak: description of an Austronesian language of Papua. LOT Dissertation Series 138. Ph.D. dissertation, Netherlands National Graduate School of Linguistics, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Van den Heuvel, W. 2007. Grammatical borrowing in Biak. In Y. Matras and J. Sakel (eds.), Grammatical borrowing in cross-linguistic perspective, pp. 91–105. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.

Vanderaa, L. 1991. A survey for Christian Reformed World Missions and churches in West Africa. Grand Rapids, MI: Christian Reformed World Missions.

Van der Mark, S. C. 2007. A grammar of Vinitiri, an Austronesian language of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, La Trobe University.

Van der Merwe, I. J. and L. O. van Niekerk. 1994. Language in South Africa: Distribution and change. Stellenbosch, South Africa: Department of Geography, University of Stellenbosch.

Van Driem, G. (ed.). 1997. Current trends in linguistics: Himalayan linguistics. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Van Driem, G. 1993. The grammar of Dzongkha. Bhutan: Dzongkha Development Commission, Royal Government of Bhutan.

Van Driem, G. 2001. Languages of the Himalayas: An ethnolinguistic handbook of the greater Himalayan region containing an introduction to the symbiotic theory of language. Leiden: Brill.

Van Driem, G. 2007. South Asia and the Middle East. In C. Moseley (ed.), Encyclopedia of the world’s endangered languages, pp. 283–348. London: Routledge.

Van Engelenhoven, A. 2003. Language endangerment in Indonesia: The incipient obsolescence and acute death of Teun, Nila and Serua (Central and Southwest Maluku), In M. Janse and S. Tol (eds.), Language death and language maintenance: Theoretical, practical and descriptive approaches pp.49–80. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Van Heekeren, D. 2004. Feeding relationship: Uncovering cosmology in Christian Women’s Fellowship in Papua New Guinea. Oceania 75(2):89–108.

Van Heekeren, D. 2014. Naming, mnemonics, and the poetics of knowing in Vula’a oral traditions. Oceania 84(2):169–184.

Van Herreweghe, M. and M. Vermeerbergen. 2003. Flemish Sign Language and Dutch: Syntactic differences due to a different modality as exemplified in reference tracking. In S. Granger, J. Lerot, and S. Petch-Tyson (eds.), Corpus-based approaches to contrastive linguistics and translation studies, p. 219. Approaches to Translation Studies 20. Amsterdam: Rodopi.

Van Rossem, C. and H. van der Voort. 1996. Die Creol Taal: 250 Years of Negerhollands texts. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press.

van Tongeren, C. 2022. A grammar of Suki. Ph.D. thesis, Australian National University.

Varenkamp, B. K. 1996. Tamang Tam: A sociolinguistic study of Eastern Tamang dialects (in Nepal). Kirtipur: Centre for Nepal and Asian Studies.

Vaux, B. 2007. Homshetsma: The language of the Armenians of Hamshen. In Hovann Simonian (ed.), The Hemshin: History, society and identity in the Highlands of Northeast Turkey, pp. 257–278. London: Routledge.

Vávrová, D. 2014. ’Skin has eyes and ears’: audio-visual ethnography in a Sepik society. Ph.D. dissertation, James Cook University.

Veiga, M. 1995. Introdução à Gramatica. Cabo Verde: Instituto Caboverdiano do Livro e do Disco.

Verdizade, A. 2019. Selected topics in the phonology and morphosyntax of Laboya: A field study. M.A. thesis, Stockholm University.

Verheijen, J. A. J. 1986. The Sama/Bajau language in the lesser Sunda Islands. Pacific Linguistics D-70. Canberra: Australian National University.

Versteegh, K. 2014. The Arabic language, 2nd edition. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Verstraete, J-C. 2010. Focus, mood and clause linkage in Umpithamu (Cape York Peninsula, Australia). In I. Bril (ed.), Clause linking and clause hierarchy: Syntax and pragmatics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Vidal, H. J. 1999. The Yamana of Tierra del Fuego. In R.B. Lee and R. Daly (eds.), The Cambridge encyclopedia of hunters and gatherers, pp.114–118. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Vidoeski, B. 1983. Dialects of the Macedonian language. In B. Koneski, A historical phonology of the Macedonian language. Heidelberg: C. Winter, Universitätsverlag.

Viegas Barros, J. P. 1990. Dialectologia qawasqar. Amerindia 15:43–73.

Villard, S. 2015. The phonology and morphology of Zacatepec Eastern Chatino. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas at Austin.

Villarejo, A. 1988. Así es la selva. Iquitos: Centro de Estudios Teológicoa de la Amazonia.

Vincent, L. and A. Kaave. 2010. Tairora-English dictionary. Orlando: Wycliffe Bible Translators.

Vincent, N. 1987. Italian. In B. Comrie (ed.), The world’s major languages, pp. 279–302. London: Routledge.

Vitti, V. T. 2015. Fecundidade e saúde reprodutiva do povo Kamaiurá. Doctoral dissertation, University of Campinas.

Voegelin, C. F. and F. M. Voegelin. 1977. Classification and index of the world’s languages. New York: Elsevier.

Volker, C. A. 1998. The Nalik language of New Ireland, Papua New Guinea. New York: Peter Lang.

Vondiziano, G. 2019. Modality, negation, and their interactions in Yami. Master’s thesis, National Taiwan University.

de Voogt, A. 2009. A sketch of Afitti phonology. Studies in African Linguistics 38(1):35–52. http://journals.linguisticsociety.org/elanguage/sal/article/view/794.html. Accessed 5 February 2016.

Voorhoeve, C. L. and J. T. Collins. 1981. Moluccas (Maluku). In S. A. Wurm and S. Hattori (eds.), Language atlas of the Pacific Area, part II: Japan area, Taiwan (Formosa), Philippines, mainland and insular south-east Asia, pp. 45–46. Pacific Linguistics. Canberra: The Australian Academy of the Humanities in collaboration with the Japan Academy.

Voorhoeve, C. L. and L. E. Visser. 1987. Sahu-Indonesian-English dictionary and Sahu grammar sketch. Dordrecht: Foris Publications.

de Vos, C. 2012. The Kata Kolok perfective in child signing: Coordination of manual and non-manual components. In U. Zeshan and C. de Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities: Anthropological and linguistic insights, pp. 127–152. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton and Nijmegen: Ishara Press.

de Vos, C. 2016. Sampling shared sign languages. Sign Language Studies 16(2):204–226.

Vossen, R. 1981. The Eastern Nilotes: Linguistic and historical reconstructions. Cologne: University of Cologne.

Vossen, R. 1983. Comparative Eastern Nilotic. In M. L. Bender (ed.), Nilo-Saharan language studies, pp. 177–207. East Lansing, MI: African Studies Center, Michigan State University.

de Vries, L. J. 2004. A short grammar of Inanwatan. An endangered language of the Bird’s Head of Papua, Indonesia. Pacific Linguistics 560. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Vydrina, A. 2017. A corpus-based description of Kakabe, a Western Mande language: prosody in grammar. Doctoral dissertation, Institut national des langues et civilisations orientales (INALCO).

Wahayona Campos Reyes, D. 2004. The origin and survival of the Taíno Language. Issues in Caribbean Amerindian Studies Occasional Papers of the Caribbean Amerindian Centrelink5(2).

Walker, N. 2012. A grammar of Southern Pomo: An indigenous language of California. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Santa Barbara.

Walker, N. A. 2020. A grammar of Southern Pomo. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.

Walter, M. A. 2020. Cypriot Maronite Arabic. In C. Lucas and S. Manfredi (eds.), Arabic and contact-induced change, pp. 159–174. Berlin: Language Science Press.

Wang Fushi and Mao Zongwu. 1995. A phonological reconstruction of the ancient Miao-Yao/Hmong-Mien language. Beijing: Chinese Academy of Social Sciences Press.

Wang Mingfu and E. Johnson. 2008. Zhuang cultural and linguistic heritage(Yunnan sheng wenshan Zhuang zu miao zu zizhi zhou zhuang zu wenhua yichan ji Zhuang yu yanjiu). Kunming, China: Yunnan Nationalities Publishing House.

Wares, A. C. 1965. A comparative study of Yuman consonantism. Janua Linguarum, Series Practica 57. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Washabaugh, W. 1986. Five fingers for survival. Ann Arbor: Karoma Publishers.

Watson, J. and A. al-Mahri. 2016. Language, culture and the environment: Documenting traditional language and culture in Dhofar Paper presented at State of the Art Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences for Qatar and the Arab conference, October 21–22, 2015. Qatar University. https://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/101383/.

Watters, D. E. 2002. A grammar of Kham. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Wauters, L. N. 2005. Reading comprehension in deaf children: The impact of the mode of acquisition of word meanings. Ph.D. dissertation, Radboud University Nijmegan. https://repository.ubn.ru.nl/bitstream/handle/2066/19575/19575.pdf?sequence=1.

Wayesha, A. J. 2010. A phonological description of Leinong Naga. M.A. thesis, Payap University, Chiang Mai, Thailand. https://inter.payap.ac.th/wp-content/uploads/linguistics_students/James_Wayesha_Thesis.pdf.

Weatherhead, N. 2020. Language shift, language endangerment, and the future of Bible translation in Papua New Guinea Ph.D. dissertation, Knox Theological Seminary.

Webb, V. N. 2002. Language in South Africa: The role of language in national transformation, reconstruction and development. Amsterdam: John Benjamin’s Publishing Company.

Wehr, H. and J. M. Cowan. 1976. A Dictionary of modern written Arabic. 3rd edition. Ithaca, NY: Spoken Language Services, Inc.

Wei, J. and J. A. Edmondson. 2008. Sui. In A. Diller, V. Nostrand, J. A. Edmondson, and Y. Luo (eds.), The Tai-Kadai languages. Abingdon: Routledge.

Wei, Rining and Jinzhi Su. 2012. The statistics of English in China. English Today 28(3):10–14.

Weiers, M. 2003. Moghol. In J. Janhunen (ed.), The Mongolic languages, pp. 248–264. Routledge Language Family Series 5. London: Routledge.

Weiner, J. F. and D. Niles. 2015. Songs of the empty elace: The memorial poetry of the Foi of the Southern Highlands Province of Papua New Guinea. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Weinreich, U., W. Labov, and M. I. Herzog. 1968. Empirical foundations for a theory of language change. In W. P. Lehmann and Y. Malkiel (eds.), Directions for historical linguistics, pp. 95–188. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press.

Welmers, W. E. 1971a. Checklist of languages and dialect names. In T. A. Sebeok (ed.), Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, pp. 759–900. Current Trends in Linguistics 7. The Hague: Mouton.

Welmers, W. E. 1971b. Niger-Congo, Mande. In T. A. Sebeok (ed.), Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, pp. 113–140. Current Trends in Linguistics 7. The Hague: Mouton.

Werner, H. 2012. Dictionary of the Yugh Language. Languages of the World/Dictionaries 47. Munich: LINCOM.

Westphal, E. O. J. 1971. The click languages of southern and eastern Africa. In T. A. Sebeok (ed.), Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, pp. 367–420. Current Trends in Linguistics 7. The Hague: Mouton.

Whalen, D. and G. Simons. 2012. Endangered language families. Language 88(1):155–173.

Whinnom, K. 1956. Spanish contact vernaculars in the Philippine Islands. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press.

White, J. C. 1971. Sikhim and Bhutan: Twenty-one years on the north-east frontier (1887–1908). Delhi: Vivek.

Whitehead, C. R. 2004. A reference grammar of Menya, an Angan Language of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg.

Whiteley, W. H. (ed.). 1974. Language in Kenya. Nairobi and Dar es Salaam: Oxford University Press.

Whiteley, W. H. 1969. Swahili: The rise of a national language. London: Methuen and Co.

Wicherkiewicz, T., T. Król, and J. Olko. 2018. Awakening the language and speakers’ community of Wymysiöeryś. European Review 26(1):179–191. doi:10.1017/S1062798717000424.

Widmer, M. 2014. A descriptive grammar of Bunan. Doctoral dissertation, University of Bern.

Wiering, E. and M. Wiering. 1994. The Doyayo Language: Selected studies. SIL International and the University of Texas at Arlington Publications in Linguistics 121. Dallas: SIL International.

Wiesenfeld, L. P. 1999. World almanac and book of facts. Mahwah, NJ: World Almanac Books.

Williams, G. (ed.). 1993. Enquête sociolinguistique sur les langues Cangin de la région de Thiès au Sénégal. Cahiers de Recherche Linguistique 3. Dakar: Société Internationale de Linguistique.

Williams, H. 2010. A sociolinguistic survey of the Honduran deaf community. SIL Electronic Survey Report 2010-009. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics. https://www.sil.org/resources/archives/9181.

Williams-van Klinken, C, and R. Williams. 2015. Mapping the mother tongue in Timor-Leste: Who spoke what where in 2010? Dili: Dili Institute of Technology. http://www.tetundit.tl/TimorLang.html. Accessed 20 February 2017.

Williams-van Klinken, C., J. Hajek, and R. Nordlinger. 2002. Tetun Dili: A grammar of an East Timorese language. Shorter Grammar Pacific Linguistics 528. Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies. Canberra: Australia National University.

Willis, R. G. 1966. The Fipa and related peoples of southwest Tanzania and northeast Zambia. London: International African Institute.

Willoughby, L., H. Manns, S. Iwasaki, and M. Bartlett. 2014. Misunderstanding and repair in Tactile Auslan. Sign Language Studies 14(4):419–443.

Wilson, A. and N.Kakiri. 2011. Best practices for collaborating with Deaf communities in developing countries. In G. Mathur and D. J. Napoli, Deaf around the world: The impact of language. New York: Oxford University Press.

Wilson, J. 2017. A grammar of Yeri, a Torricelli language of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, State University of New York at Buffalo.

Windfuhr, G. (ed.). 2009. The Iranian languages. New York: Routledge.

Windschuttel, G. and A. Shiohara. 2018. Kui. In A. Schapper (ed.), Papuan languages of Timor-Alor-Pantar, vol. 2 pp. 111–183. Pacific Linguistics 655. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Winer, L. 1993. Varieties of English around the world: Trinidad and Tobago. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Winkler, E. G. 2013. Limonese Creole English. In T. Hopkins and K. Decker (eds.), World Englishes, vol. 3: Central America. Bloomsbury: London.

Winsa, B. 1998. Language attitudes and social identity—oppression and revival of a minority language in Sweden. Canberra: Applied Linguistics Association of Australia.

Winter, J. C. 1981. Die Khoisan-Famille. Much needed discussion of the conflicting classification of Khoisan languages. In B. Heine, T. C. Schadeberg, and E. Wolff (eds.), Die Sprachen Afrikas: Ein Handbuch, pp. 329–374. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

Winter, W. and G. Hansson. 1991. Linguistic survey of Nepal. Kathmandu: Centre for Nepal and Asian Studies.

Wise, M. R. 1983. Lenguas indígenas de la Amazonía Peruana: Historia y estado presente. América Indígena 43(4):823–848.

Wojciechowski, F. L. 1999. The search for an elusive 1765 Narragansett language manuscript. International Journal of Applied Linguistics 65(2):228–232.

Wojtylak. K. I. 2021. Language contact and change: The case of Muruiñoz from northwest Amazonia. Italian Journal of Linguistics 33(1):135–156.

Wolf, K. and C. Mbernodji. 2008. Une enquête sociolinguistique des parlers Kibet, Rounga, Daggal et Mourro du Tchad rapport technique. Journal of Language Survey Reports 2008-014.

Wolff, J. U. 1988. The contribution of Banjar Masin Malay to the reconstruction of Proto-Malay (Monografi Sejarah Bahasa). In M. Zain, T. Ahmad, and M. Zaini (eds.), Rekonstruksi dan cabang-cabang bahasa Melayu induk, pp. 85–98. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka.

Wood, J. K. 2012. Valence-increasing strategies in Urim syntax. M.A. thesis, Graduate Institute of Applied Linguistics.

Woodward, J., Nguyen T.H., Nguyen D.M.G., Nguyen T.T.H., Luu N.T., Ho T.V. 2015b. Ho Chi Minh City Sign Language. In In J. B. Jepsen, G. De Clerck, S. Lutalo-Klingi and W. B. McGregor (eds.), Sign languages of the world: A comparative handbook, pp. 391–407. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Woodward, J., T. H. Nguyen, H. L. Nguyen, T. L. Nguyen, M. N. Nguyen, and T. T. Nguyen. 2015a. Ha Noi Sign language. In In J. B. Jepsen, G. De Clerck, S. Lutalo-Klingi and W. B. McGregor (eds.), Sign languages of the world: A comparative handbook, pp. 335–349. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Woodward, J. 1975. Early Creolization in American Sign Language? Washington, D.C.: Gallaudet University.

Woodward, J. 1976. Signs of change: historical variation in American Sign Language. Sign Language Studies 10(1):81–94.

Woodward, J. 1978a. Attitudes toward deaf people on Providence Island. Sign Language Studies 18:49–68.

Woodward, J. 1978b. Historical bases of American Sign Language. In P. Siple (ed.), Understanding language through sign language research, pp. 333–348. San Diego: Academic Press.

Woodward, J. 1991. Sign language varieties in Costa Rica. Sign Language Studies 73:329–345.

Woodward, J. 1997. Modern Standard Thai Sign Language, influence from ASL, and its relationship to original Thai sign varieties. Sign Language Studies 92:227–252.

Woodward, J. 2000. Sign languages and sign language families in Thailand and Viet Nam. In K. Emmorey and H. Lane (eds.), The signs of language revisited: An anthology to honor Ursula Bellugi and Edward Klima, pp. 23–47. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Woodward, J. 2011. Some observations on research methodology in lexicostatistical studies of sign languages. In G. Mathur and D. J. Napoli (eds.), Deaf around the world: The impact of language, pp. 38–53. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Woodward, J. 2015a. Hai Phong sign language. In J. B. Jepsen, J. Bakken, G. De Clerck, S. Lutalo-Kiingi and W. B. McGregor (eds.), Sign languages of the world: A comparative handbook, pp. 351–359. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Woodward, J. and T. Wongchai. 2015. Original Chiang Mai sign language. In J. B. Jepsen et al (eds.), Sign Languages of the world: A comparative handbook, pp. 687–700. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Woollams, G. 2005. Karo Batak. In A. Adelaar and N. P. Himmelman (eds.), The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar, pp. 534–561. London: Routledge.

Wu, M. 2020. Sago and Kago: The history and memory of Hiri on the southeast coast of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawai’i at Mānoa.

Wumbu, I. B., A. Kadir, N. Baso, and S. Maranua. 1986. Inventarisasi bahasa daerah di propinsi Sulawesi Tengah. Jakarta: Pusat Pembinaan dan Pengembangan Bahasa, Departemen Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan.

Wurm, S. A., B. T’sou, D. Bradley, L. Rong, X. Zhenghui, Z. Zehnxing, F. Maoji, W. Jun, and Dob (eds.). 1987. Language atlas of China, Parts 1, 2. Pacific Linguistics C-102. Jointly compiled by the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences and the Australian Institute of Humanities. Hong Kong: Longman Group.

Wurm, S. A., P. Muhlhausler, and D. T. Tryon (eds.). 1996. Atlas of languages of intercultural communication in the Pacific, Asia, and the Americas, vol. 2.1. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

Wurm, S. A. 1972. Languages of Australia and Tasmania. Janua Linguarum, Series Critica 1. The Hague: Mouton.

Wurm, S. A. 1975. New Guinea area languages and language study, vol. 1 Papuan languages and the New Guinea linguistic scene. Pacific Linguistics C-38. Canberra: Australian National University.

Wurm, S. A. 2000. Ways and methods for maintaining and re-invigorating endangered languages. Paper presented at Conference on Endangered Languages of the Pacific Rim, Nov 24–25, 2000. Kyoto Conference Hall, Kyoto, Japan.

Wurm, S. A. 2003. The language situation and language endangerment in the greater Pacific area. In M. Janse and S. Tol (eds.), Language death and language maintenance: Theoretical, practical and descriptive approaches, vol. 240, pp. 15–48. Current Issues in Linguistic Theory. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.

Wurm, S. A. 2007. Australasia and the Pacific. In C. Moseley (ed.), Encyclopedia of the world’s endangered languages, pp. 425–578. London: Routledge.

Wurm, S. A. and S. Hattori (eds.). 1981. Language atlas of the Pacific area. Canberra: The Australian Academy of the Humanities in collaboration with the Japan Academy.

Xiong, X. and X. Yang (eds.). 1991. Encyclopedic dictionary of Chinese linguistics. Nanchang, China: Jiangxi Educational Publishing House.

Yamamoto, A. 2007. Endangered languages in USA and Canada. In M. Brenzinger (ed.), Language diversity endangered, pp. 87–122. Trends in Linguistic Studies and Monographs 181. Berlin: deGruyter.

Yarapea, A. M. 2006. Morphosyntax of Kewapi. Ph.D. dissertation, Australian National University.

Yasugi, Y. 2007. Languages of Middle America. In O. Miyaoka, O. Sakiyama, and M. E. Krauss (eds.), The vanishing languages of the Pacific Rim, pp. 165–182. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Ylikoski, J. 2022. South Saami. In M. Bakró-Nagy, J. Laakso, and E. Skribnik (eds.), The Oxford guide to the Uralic languages, pp. 113–129. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Yliniemi, J. 2019. A descriptive grammar of Denjongke (Sikkimese Bhutia). Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki (with Sikkim University).

Yoder, Z., K. Hannelová, and P. L. Otronyi. 2008. A sociolinguistic survey of the Bakor languages of Cross River State, Nigeria. Jos, Nigeria: Language Development Facilitators. http://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/59968.

Yoel, J. 2007. Evidence for first-language attrition of Russian Sign Language among immigrants to Israel. In D. Quinto-Pozos (ed.), Sign languages in contact, pp. 153–191. Washington: Gallaudet University Press.

Yoel, J. 2009. Canada’s Maritime Sign Language. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg.

Yu, W. 2011. A study of the Mongol Khamnigan spoken in Northeastern Mongolia. Altaic languages 4. Seoul: Seoul National University Press.

Yunbin, L. 2005. Bugeng language research. Beijing: Ethnic Publishing House.

Zack, M. 2017. The Lisu: Far from the ruler. Boulder: University Press of Colorado.

Zavadovskii, Y. N. 1962. The Arabic dialects of the Maghrib. Moscow: The Publishing House of Eastern Literature.

Zeb, K. and A. Wazir. 2020. Conflict, displacement and the implications for Warmaro/Ormari language. In M. Makki, A. Azam, S. A. Akash, and F. Khan (eds.), Forced migration and conflict-induced displacement: Impacts and prospective responses, pp. 140–161. Islamabad: National University of Sciences and Technology Press.

Zeitoun, E., Tai-hwa Chu, and Lalo a tahesh Kaybaybaw. 2015. A study of Saisiyat morphology. Oceanic Linguistics Special Publication no. 40. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.

Zeitoun, E. 2005. Tsou. In A. Adelaar and N. P. Himmelman (eds.), The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar, pp. 259–290. London: Routledge.

Zeshan, U., C. E. Escobedo Delgado, H. Dikyuva, S. Panda, and C. de Vos. 2013. Cardinal numerals in rural sign languages: approaching cross-modal typology. Linguistic Typology 17(3):357–396.

Zhou Yaowen and Luo Meizhen. 2001. Dai dialect research(Dai yu fangyan yanjiu). Beijing: The People’s Publishing House.

Zhou Zhizhi, Yan Qixiang, and Chen Guoqing. 2004. Wayu fangyan yanjiu [Research on Wa dialects]. Beijing: Minzu Chubanshe.

Zohry, A. 2005. Armenians in Egypt. Paper presented at XXV IUSSP (International Union for the Scientific Study of Population) International Population Conference held July 18–23, 2005 in Tours, France.

Zorc, R. D. 1977. The Bisayan dialects of the Philippines: Subgrouping and reconstruction. Pacific Linguistics C-44. Canberra: Australian National University.

Zvelebil, K. 1998. Tamulica et Dravidica: A selection of papers on Tamil and Dravidian linguistics. Prague: Karolinum-Charles University Press.

Zwisler, J. J. 2018. The Pijao of Natagaima: Post-Linguicide indigenous identity and language. Cadernos de Etnolingüística 6(1):51–80.

Z’Graggen, J. A. 1971. Classificatory and typological studies in languages of the Madang District. Pacific Linguistics C-19. Canberra: Australian National University.

Z’Graggen, J. A. 1975. The languages of the Madang District, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Linguistics B-41. Canberra: Australian National University.